You are on page 1of 344

SIL A

Overcurrent and Earth-Fault relay

USERS MANUAL

SERS MANUAL

SIL_MANU_SILA_ING_R017.Docx
1. RECEPTION, HANDLING, INSTALLATION ............................................... 7
1.1. Unpacking ............................................................................................................................ 7
1.2. Reception of relays ............................................................................................................. 7
1.3. Handling electronic equipment .......................................................................................... 7
1.4. Installation, commissioning and service .......................................................................... 8
1.5. Storage ................................................................................................................................. 8
1.6. Recycling .............................................................................................................................. 8
2. DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ........................................ 9
2.1. SILA LPCT Model (SILAXX)-Adaptation A ........................................................................ 9
2.1.1. Equipment front view ......................................................................................................... 9
2.1.2. Equipment dimensions .................................................................................................... 10
2.1.3. Cut-out pattern ................................................................................................................ 11
2.1.4. Connection diagrams ...................................................................................................... 11
2.1.5. Terminals......................................................................................................................... 13
2.2. Standard SILA - Adaptation A .......................................................................................... 15
2.2.1. Equipment front view ....................................................................................................... 15
2.2.2. Equipment dimensions .................................................................................................... 16
2.2.3. Cut-out pattern ................................................................................................................ 17
2.2.4. Connection diagrams ...................................................................................................... 18
2.2.1. Terminals......................................................................................................................... 22
2.3. SILA LPCT model (SILAXX) - Adaptation B .................................................................... 26
2.3.1. Equipment front view ....................................................................................................... 26
2.3.2. Equipment dimensions .................................................................................................... 27
2.3.3. Cut-out pattern ................................................................................................................ 28
2.3.4. Connection diagrams ...................................................................................................... 28
2.3.5. Terminals......................................................................................................................... 30
2.4. Standard SILA - Adaptation B .......................................................................................... 32
2.4.1. Equipment front view ....................................................................................................... 32
2.2.2. Equipment dimensions .................................................................................................... 33
2.4.2. Cut-out pattern ................................................................................................................ 34
2.2.4. Connection diagrams ...................................................................................................... 35
2.4.3. Terminals......................................................................................................................... 39
3. DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................... 41
3.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 41
3.2. Description ......................................................................................................................... 41
3.3. Functional Diagram ........................................................................................................... 47
3.4. Selection & Ordering data ................................................................................................ 48
3.5. Phase CT and neutral CT selection ................................................................................. 49
3.5.1. SIL-A/1 charge curve ...................................................................................................... 50

www.fanox.com Rev.017 2/344


3.5.2. SIL-A/5 charge curve ...................................................................................................... 50
4. PROTECTION FUNCTIONS ..................................................................... 51
4.1. Functions 50P_1 and 50P_2. Instantaneous phase overcurrent .................................. 51
4.2. Function 50/51P. Inverse time phase overcurrent ......................................................... 51
4.3. Functions 50N/G_1 and 50N/G_2. Instantaneous neutral overcurrent. ....................... 52
4.4. Function 50/51N/G. Inverse time neutral overcurrent .................................................... 53
4.5. Function 46. Negative sequence instant overcurrent.................................................... 54
4.6. Function 49. Thermal image protectcion ........................................................................ 55
4.6.1. Thermal image measurement evolution graphic ............................................................. 56
4.6.2. Thermal image with memory ........................................................................................... 57
4.6.3. Thermal image measurement display. Reset. ................................................................ 57
4.6.4 Thermal protection curves ....................................................................................................... 57
4.7. Function 52. Circuit Breaker monitoring ......................................................................... 58
4.7.1. Circuit Breaker opening and closing commands ............................................................ 60
4.7.2. Counter to register the number of openings ................................................................... 60
2
4.7.3. Accumulated amps counter: I t ....................................................................................... 61
4.7.4. Maximum openings in a time window ............................................................................. 61
4.8. 50BF Circuit Breaker opening fault ................................................................................. 62
4.9. 74TCS. Trip circuit supervision ....................................................................................... 63
4.10. 79 Autorecloser ................................................................................................................. 64
4.10.1. Counter to record the number of reclosings ......................................................................... 67
4.11. Cold Load Pickup .............................................................................................................. 68
4.12. Function 74CT. Phase CT supervision ............................................................................ 71
4.13. Fuction 37. Instantaneous phase undercurrent ............................................................. 71
4.14. Function 46BC. Broken conductor detection ................................................................. 72
4.15. Trip block for switch disconnector.................................................................................. 72
4.16. General settings. ............................................................................................................... 73
4.13. Settings table ..................................................................................................................... 75
4.14. IEC 60255-151 Curves ....................................................................................................... 77
4.15. ANSI-IEEE Curves ............................................................................................................. 82
4.16. Application examples........................................................................................................ 86
5. MONITORING AND CONTROL ................................................................ 91
5.1. Switchgear rated current and measurements ................................................................ 91
5.1.1. Application example SILAXX (Adaptation A). ................................................................. 95
5.2. Counters ............................................................................................................................. 95
5.3. Statuses and Events ......................................................................................................... 96
5.4. Fault reports ..................................................................................................................... 120
5.5. Real-Time Clock (RTC) .................................................................................................... 121
5.6. Oscillography................................................................................................................... 121

www.fanox.com Rev.017 3/344


5.7. Configurable Inputs ......................................................................................................... 128
5.8. Configurable Outputs...................................................................................................... 129
5.9. Programmable Logic Control ......................................................................................... 129
5.10. 86 Function. Trip Output Lockout .................................................................................. 137
5.11. Self-diagnosis .................................................................................................................. 138
5.12. Commands ....................................................................................................................... 139
5.13. Telecontrol ....................................................................................................................... 140
5.14. Date-time synchronisation ............................................................................................. 140
5.15. Test program .................................................................................................................... 141
5.16. Power supply ................................................................................................................... 142
5.17. Thermal load of the current circuits .............................................................................. 142
6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS ............................. 143
6.1. Technical Specifications ................................................................................................ 143
6.2. Thermal resistence .......................................................................................................... 149
6.3. Standards ......................................................................................................................... 150
7. COMMUNICATION AND HMI ................................................................. 153
7.1 Communications for SIL-A with Adaptation A .................................................................... 153
7.1.1. Local communication port. RS232 ................................................................................ 153
7.1.2. Remote communications ports ..................................................................................... 153
7.2. Communications for SIL-A with Adaptation B ............................................................. 156
7.1.1. Local communication port. RS232 ................................................................................ 156
7.1.2. Remote communications port ....................................................................................... 156
7.3. LCD and keypad .............................................................................................................. 158
7.4. SICom Communications program ................................................................................. 158
7.5. Setting up the session: Password and access levels ................................................. 159
7.6. Menus ............................................................................................................................... 160
7.6.1. Standby mode screen ................................................................................................... 160
7.6.2. Last Trip screen ............................................................................................................ 160
7.6.3. Accessing the menus .................................................................................................... 161
7.6.4. Date-Time Menu ........................................................................................................... 161
7.6.5. Fault report .................................................................................................................... 162
7.6.6. Communication parameters and versions .................................................................... 163
7.6.7. Test Menu ..................................................................................................................... 164
7.6.8. Functional Menu ............................................................................................................ 168
7.6.9. Measurements Menu .................................................................................................... 169
7.6.10. Status Menu .................................................................................................................. 171
7.6.11. Settings Menu ............................................................................................................... 214
7.6.12. Events Menu ................................................................................................................. 241
7.6.13. Counters Menu .............................................................................................................. 243

www.fanox.com Rev.017 4/344


7.6.14. Commands Menu .......................................................................................................... 244
7.6.15. Demand menu .............................................................................................................. 252
7.6.16. Fault report menu ......................................................................................................... 253
7.6.17. Input, Leds, logical outputs and physical outputs configuration Menu. ....................... 254
8. MODBUS RTU PROTOCOL ................................................................... 263
8.1. SIL-A with Adaptation A.................................................................................................. 263
8.1.1. ModBus package format ............................................................................................... 264
8.1.2. Function codes .............................................................................................................. 264
8.1.3. Exemptions an error answers ....................................................................................... 265
8.1.3. Data type ....................................................................................................................... 265
8.1.5. Memory map of SIL A adaptation A .............................................................................. 266
8.1.6. General Status map ...................................................................................................... 268
8.1.7. Counters Map ................................................................................................................ 268
8.1.8. Commands map ............................................................................................................ 268
8.1.9. Measurements map ...................................................................................................... 269
8.1.10. Protection criteria map .................................................................................................. 269
8.1.11. Protection status map ................................................................................................... 270
8.1.12. Events list ...................................................................................................................... 274
8.1.13. Settings map ................................................................................................................. 279
8.1.14. Examples of ModBus frames ........................................................................................ 284
8.2. SIL-A with Adaptation B.................................................................................................. 285
8.2.1. ModBus package format ............................................................................................... 285
8.2.2. Function codes .............................................................................................................. 285
8.2.3. Exemptions an error answers ....................................................................................... 286
8.2.4. Data type ....................................................................................................................... 286
8.2.5. Memory map of SIL-A Adaptation B ............................................................................. 287
8.2.6. Commands map ............................................................................................................ 295
8.2.7. Examples of Mosdbus frames ....................................................................................... 296
11. IEC 60870-5-103 PROTOCOL ................................................................ 297
9.1. Physical layer ................................................................................................................... 297
9.2. Application layer.............................................................................................................. 297
12. IEC 61850 PROTOCOL........................................................................... 312
10.1. Data model ....................................................................................................................... 312
10.3. Operation .......................................................................................................................... 321
13. DNP 3.0 PROTOCOL .............................................................................. 322
11.1. Device profile document ................................................................................................. 322
11.2. Implementation table....................................................................................................... 325
11.3. Point list (Adaptation A).................................................................................................. 326
11.4. Point list (Adaptation B).................................................................................................. 329

www.fanox.com Rev.017 5/344


11.5. DNP3 protocol settings ................................................................................................... 332
12. APPENDIX .............................................................................................. 333
12.1. Identification: ................................................................................................................... 333
12.2. Checks: ................................................................................................................................. 334
12.3. Switches configuration: ...................................................................................................... 334
12.3.1. LPCT Models in adptation A ............................................................................................... 334
12.4. Test menu: ........................................................................................................................... 335
12.5. Register of commissioning settings ................................................................................. 335
12.6. Inputs: ............................................................................................................................... 339
12.7. Logical signals ................................................................................................................. 339
12.8. Outputs configuration ..................................................................................................... 340
12.9. Leds configuration .......................................................................................................... 341
12.9.1. Leds configuration Template: ........................................................................................ 341
12.10. Comments .................................................................................................................... 342

www.fanox.com Rev.017 6/344


1. RECEPTION, HANDLING, INSTALLATION

1.1. Unpacking
Relays must only be handled by qualified personnel and special care must be taken to protect all
of their parts from any damage while they are being unpacked and installed.
The use of good illumination is recommended to facilitate the equipment visual inspection.
The facility must be clean and dry and relays should not be stored in places that are exposed to
dust or humidity. Special care must be taken if construction work is taking place.

1.2. Reception of relays


It is necessary to inspect the equipment at the time it is delivered to ensure that the relays have
not been damaged during transport.
If any defect is found, the transport company and FANOX should be informed immediately.
If the relays are not for immediate use, they should be returned to their original packaging.

1.3. Handling electronic equipment


Relays contain an electronic component that is sensitive to electrostatic discharges.
Just by moving, a person can build up an electrostatic potential of several thousand volts.
Discharging this energy into electronic components can cause serious damage to electronic
circuits. It is possible that this damage may not be detected straight away, but the electronic
circuit eliability and life will be reduced. This electronic component in the equipment is well
protected by the metal housing, which should not be removed as the equipment cannot be
adjusted internally.
If it is necessary to disassemble the electronic component, this must be carried out with care and
contact with electronic components, printed circuits and connections must be avoided to prevent
an electrostatic discharge that could damage one of the components. If the electronic
components are stored outside the metal housing, they must be placed in an antistatic
conductive bag.
If it is necessary to open a module, care must be taken to preserve the equipment reliability and
the duration of the life cycle as designed by the manufacturer by taking the following actions:
Touch the housing to ensure that you have the same potential
Avoid touching the electronic components and handle the module by its edges.
Remember that everyone who handles the module must have the same potential.
Use a conductive bag to transport the module.
For more information about how to handle electronic circuits, consult official documents such as
the IEC 147-OF.

www.fanox.com 7/344
1.4. Installation, commissioning and service
The personnel in charge of installing, commissioning and maintaining this equipment must be
qualified and must be aware of the procedures for handling it. The product documentation should
be read before installing, commissioning or carrying out maintenance work on the equipment.
Personnel should take specific protection measures to avoid the risk of electronic discharge
when access is unlocked on the rear part of the equipment.
In order to guarantee safety, the crimp terminal and a suitable tool must be used to meet
isolation requirements on the terminal strip. Crimped terminations must be used for the voltage
and current connections.
It is necessary to connect the equipment to earth through the corresponding terminal, using the
shortest possible cable. As well as guaranteeing safety for the personnel, this connection allows
high frequency noise to be evacuated directly to earth.
The following checks must be performed before the equipment is supplied:
The rated voltage and polarity.
The power rating of the CT circuit and the integrity of the connections.
The integrity of the earth connection.
The equipment must be used within the stipulated electrical and environmental limits.
NOTE: current transformer circuits: Do not open a live CT secondary circuit. The high voltage
produced as a result could damage the isolation and threaten lives.

1.5. Storage
If the relays are not going to be installed immediately, they must be stored in a dust- and
humidity free environment after the visual inspection has been performed.

1.6. Recycling
Before recycling the equipment, the capacitors should be discharged through the external
terminals. All electrical power sources should be removed before performing this operation to
avoid the risk of electrical discharge.
This product must be disposed of in a safe way. It should not be incinerated or brought into
contact with water sources like rivers, lakes, etc

www.fanox.com Rev.017 8/344


2. DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

2.1. SILA LPCT Model (SILAXX)-Adaptation A

2.1.1. Equipment front view

www.fanox.com Rev.017 9/344


2.1.2. Equipment dimensions
Dimensions are in mm

www.fanox.com Rev.017 10/344


2.1.3. Cut-out pattern

CUT-OUT
PATTERN

2.1.4. Connection diagrams


Analog connections and communications

www.fanox.com Rev.017 11/344


Digital connections

Outputs and Trip circuit supervision

www.fanox.com Rev.017 12/344


2.1.5. Terminals

www.fanox.com Rev.017 13/344


A1 Digital 1 common output D1 + RS485 IEC 60870-5-103

A2 1 NC digital output D2 RS485 IEC60870-5-103

A3 1 NO digital output D3 Gnd RS485 IEC60870-5-103

A4 Digital 2 common output D4 + RS485 Modbus RTU

A5 2 NC digital output D5 RS485 Modbus RTU

A6 2 NO digital output D6 Gnd RS485 Modbus RTU

A7-A8 3 NO digital output A Phase A input

A9-A10 4 NO digital output B Phase B input

A11-A12 5 NO digital output C Phase C input

B1 Digital input 1 E1 74TCS voltage presence

B2 Digital input 2 E2 74TCS coil 1

B3 Digital input 3 E3 74TCS coil 2

B4 Digital input 4 E4 Common 74TCS

B5 Common digital inputs 1, 2, 3 and 4 V1 + Auxiliary voltage.

C1 Digital input 5 V2 - Auxiliary voltage.

C2 Digital input 6

C3 Digital input 7

C4 Digital input 8

C5 Common digital inputs 5, 6, 7 and 8

www.fanox.com Rev.017 14/344


2.2. Standard SILA - Adaptation A

2.2.1. Equipment front view

www.fanox.com Rev.017 15/344


2.2.2. Equipment dimensions

www.fanox.com Rev.017 16/344


2.2.3. Cut-out pattern

CUT-OUT
PATTERN

www.fanox.com Rev.017 17/344


2.2.4. Connection diagrams
Analog connections and communications

3 PHASES CT AND 1 NEUTRAL CT.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 18/344


3 PHASES CT.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 19/344


2 PHASES CT AND 1 NEUTRAL CT.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 20/344


Digital connections

Outputs and Trip circuit supervision

www.fanox.com Rev.017 21/344


2.2.1. Terminals
Standard SILA with IEC 61850 or DNP3.0 protocol

www.fanox.com Rev.017 22/344


Standard SILA with IEC 61850 or DNP3.0 terminals description

A1 Digital 1 common output D4 + RS485 Modbus RTU

A2 1 NC digital output D5 RS485 Modbus RTU

A3 1 NO digital output D6 Gnd RS485 Modbus RTU

A4 Digital 2 common output G RJ45 connector for IEC 61850 or DNP3.0

A5 2 NC digital output E1 74TCS voltage presence

A6 2 NO digital output E2 74TCS coil 1

A7-A8 3 NO digital output E3 74TCS coil 2

A9-A10 4 NO digital output E4 Common 74TCS

A11-A12 5 NO digital output V1 + Auxiliary voltage.

B1 Digital input 1 V2 - Auxiliary voltage.

B2 Digital input 2

B3 Digital input 3

B4 Digital input 4

B5 Common digital inputs 1, 2, 3 and 4

C1 Digital input 5

C2 Digital input 6

C3 Digital input 7

C4 Digital input 8

C5 Common digital inputs 5, 6, 7 and 8

www.fanox.com Rev.017 23/344


Standard SILA with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

www.fanox.com Rev.017 24/344


Standard SILA with IEC 60870-5-103 terminals description

A1 Digital 1 common output D1 + RS485 IEC 60870-5-103

A2 1 NC digital output D2 RS485 IEC60870-5-103

A3 1 NO digital output D3 Gnd RS485 IEC60870-5-103

A4 Digital 2 common output D4 + RS485 Modbus RTU

A5 2 NC digital output D5 RS485 Modbus RTU

A6 2 NO digital output D6 Gnd RS485 Modbus RTU

A7-A8 3 NO digital output E1 74TCS voltage presence

A9-A10 4 NO digital output E2 74TCS coil 1

A11-A12 5 NO digital output E3 74TCS coil 2

B1 Digital input 1 E4 Common 74TCS

B2 Digital input 2 V1 + Auxiliary voltage.

B3 Digital input 3 V2 - Auxiliary voltage.

B4 Digital input 4

B5 Common digital inputs 1, 2, 3 and 4

C1 Digital input 5

C2 Digital input 6

C3 Digital input 7

C4 Digital input 8

C5 Common digital inputs 5, 6, 7 and 8

www.fanox.com Rev.017 25/344


2.3. SILA LPCT model (SILAXX) - Adaptation B

2.3.1. Equipment front view

www.fanox.com Rev.017 26/344


2.3.2. Equipment dimensions
Dimensions are in mm

www.fanox.com Rev.017 27/344


2.3.3. Cut-out pattern

2.3.4. Connection diagrams


Analog connections and communications

www.fanox.com Rev.017 28/344


Digital connections

www.fanox.com Rev.017 29/344


2.3.5. Terminals

www.fanox.com Rev.017 30/344


+ RS485 Modbus RTU or IEC60870-103
D1 D14 Digital 2 common output
selectable by settings (*)
RS485 Modbus RTU or IEC60870-103
D2 D15 NC digital output 2
selectable by settings (*)
D3 Digital input 1 D16 NO digital output 2

D4 Digital input 2 D17-D18 NO digital output 3

D5 Common inputs 1 and 2 D19-D20 NO digital output 4

D6 Digital input 3 D21 + Auxiliary voltage.

D7 Digital input 4 D22 - Auxiliary voltage.

D8 Digital input 5 A Phase A current measurement

D9 Digital input 6 B Phase B current measurement

D10 Common digital inputs 3, 4, 5 and 6 C Phase C current measurement


IEC 61850,DNP3.0 or IEC60870-5-104
D11 Digital 1 common output E
depending on model (*)
D12 NC digital output 1

D13 NO digital output 1

(*) When the model is chosen it is very important to choose the communications protocols
correctly. If RS485 port is chosen then E communications module is not available. If E
communications module is chosen then RS485 port is not available.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 31/344


2.4. Standard SILA - Adaptation B

2.4.1. Equipment front view

www.fanox.com Rev.017 32/344


2.2.2. Equipment dimensions

www.fanox.com Rev.017 33/344


2.4.2. Cut-out pattern

www.fanox.com Rev.017 34/344


2.2.4. Connection diagrams
Analog connections and communications

3 PHASES CT AND 1 NEUTRAL CT.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 35/344


3 PHASES CT.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 36/344


2 PHASES CT AND 1 NEUTRAL CT.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 37/344


Digital connections

www.fanox.com Rev.017 38/344


2.4.3. Terminals

www.fanox.com Rev.017 39/344


+ RS485 Modbus RTU or IEC60870-103
D1 D14 Digital 2 common output
selectable by settings (*)
RS485 Modbus RTU or IEC60870-103
D2 D15 NC digital output 2
selectable by settings (*)
D3 Digital input 1 D16 NO digital output 2

D4 Digital input 2 D17-D18 NO digital output 3

D5 Common inputs 1 and 2 D19-D20 NO digital output 4

D6 Digital input 3 D21 + Auxiliary voltage.

D7 Digital input 4 D22 - Auxiliary voltage.

D8 Digital input 5 A1-A2 Phase A current measurement

D9 Digital input 6 A3-A4 Phase B current measurement

D10 Common digital inputs 3, 4, 5 and 6 A5-A6 Phase C current measurement

D11 Digital 1 common output A7-A8 Neutral current measurement


IEC 61850,DNP3.0 or IEC60870-
D12 NC digital output 1 E 104 depending on model (*)
D13 NO digital output 1

(*) When the model is chosen it is very important to choose the communications protocols
correctly. If RS485 port is chosen then E communications module is not available. If E
communications module is chosen then RS485 port is not available.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 40/344


3. DESCRIPTION

3.1. Introduction
Worldwide, the energy sector is currently undergoing a profound change as a result of high
levels of energy demand; more distribution lines and advanced supervision systems are
required. Given the need for creating intelligent infrastructure, FANOX has developed the SIL
family of products to carry out this function.
The SIL- A relay is designed to protect the secondary transformation and distribution centres of
electricity grids, using current functions. It is thought to work with a circuit breaker as element to
cut the power.
The protection functions can be enabled selectively by using both the front panel and the
communications links to the SIcom program, allowing for precise coordination with other
equipment.
Additional benefits include that all of the models have been designed to be supplied from an
external battery. This is aimed at facilitating event management and the commissioning of
centres, as well as allowing it to operate properly under adverse conditions.

3.2. Description
Power is supplied with an auxiliary voltage, and depending on the model, there are various
operation ranges. In models with Adaptation A it is possible to select an auxiliary voltage of 24-
48 Vdc or 90 -300 Vdc /110 -230Vac. In models with Adaptation B it is possible to select an
auxiliary voltage of 24-110 Vdc/48-230Vac. Apart from the overcurrent protection functions of a
line with a circuit breaker, instantaneous phase and neutral, and protection against phase and
neutral inverse time overcurrent, the relay provides phase imbalance and circuit breaker fault
functions as well as a thermal image protection.
As this is line protection, a re-closer is fitted. This automated control shall permit closure (up to
five attempts) with the possibility of programming each reclosing time. It can be blocked by
various means, from the keyboard with a separate key, to the remote communications.
Further functions have been included which support line protection, such as the cold load pickup,
or the trip circuit supervision.
All models include a circuit breaker management block, which monitors the state of the circuit
breaker, the number of openings and the accumulated amps. It generates an indication if these
are excessive, it determines whether or not an Opening fault has occurred and allows the circuit
breaker close and open commands from the HMI, with different keys, and via the
communications port (either locally or remotely).
Optionally, in models with Adaptation A, 49 protection function can be included. In models with
Adaptation B, apart from 49 protection function, 74CT, 37, 46BC and trip block for switch
disconnector functions can be selected as optional.
The SIL-A equipment has inputs and outputs that can be set by the user:

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Inputs 8 inputs + specific inputs for 74TCS 6 inputs (74TCS through


configurable inputs)

Outputs 5 outputs 4 outputs


2 (NO/NC) + 3 (NO) 2 (NO/NC) + 2 (NO)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 41/344


The SIL-A equipment is housed in a metal box with galvanic isolation on all of its measurement
or digital inputs and outputs (with the exception of ports for communications and battery power
supply, as these are sporadic connections). This allows the equipment to have the best possible
level of electromagnetic compatibility, both in terms of emission of, and immunity from, radiated
and conducted interference. These levels are the same as those established for primary
substations.

The equipment has an LCD with two lines and twenty columns and a membrane keyboard with
six buttons. These allow the equipment status, the current measurements in the primary winding
and the events or incidents associated with the equipment to be seen, and adjustments to be
made to the protection criteria. Depending on the model, these events can be saved in a non-
volatile memory to keep them when there is no power.
As well as the 6 keys to navigate the menus, there are also special keys:
Reset. To reset the signals and events.
79 lock. This locks and unlocks the recloser.
Circuit breaker I/O. This serves to control the circuit breaker.

The SIL-A with Adaptation A is fitted with 8 front leds, of which 2 have reserved functions and the
other 6 can be set. The fixed function leds are as follows:
Circuit breaker status.
Recloser status.
The SIL-A with Adaptation B is fitted with 8 front leds, all of them configurable by the user.
The SIL-A with Adaptation A has storage for up to 500 events and SIL-A with Adaptation B for up
to 200 events, allowing any registered incidents to be analysed. As an option, the equipment can
be requested with a real time clock.
To facilitate problem solving, and as a wide range of fault events may arise (recloser and reverse
criteria) that may not be entirely detected by the oscillography as this is time limited, and as
event recording consists on more general information, with the possibility of fault specific
information being lost, the equipment includes a fault report record. This report allows the last 20
faults to be recorded with a capacity of 80 events per fault in case of SIL-A with Adaptation A and
24 events per fault in case of SIL-A Adaptation B.
In order to facilitate the analysis of events, it is fitted with oscillography records. SIL-A with
Adaptation A is fitted with 2 oscillographic registers, each one with 50 cycles (1 second at 50 Hz,
0.833 seconds at 60 Hz). 3 prefault cycles and 47 postfault cycles. The oscillography start can
be configured by the user. Each oscillography record shows the phase and neutral currents and
up to 80 digital channels, which include start-ups and trips, the protection functions, inputs,
outputs, etc. The COMTRADE format is used (IEEE C37.111-1991).
SIL-A with Adaptation B is fitted with 5 oscillographic registers, each one with 100 cycles (2
seconds at 50 Hz, 1.666 seconds at 60 Hz). 3 prefault cycles and 97 postfault cycles. The
oscillography start can be configured by the user. Each oscillography record shows the phase
and neutral currents and up to 48 digital channels, which include start-ups and trips, the
protection functions, inputs, outputs, etc. The COMTRADE format is used (IEEE C37.111-1991).

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Events 500 events 200 events

Fault reports 20 fault reports /80 events in each 20 fault reports /24 events in each

Oscillography 2x50 cycles oscillographic records 5x100 cycles oscillographic records

www.fanox.com Rev.017 42/344


Current measurements are performed using RMS values, with an accuracy of 2% over a range
of 20% over the nominal current and 4% over the rest of the range. Standard 5 A and 1 A
current transformers (CTs) are used. There are special models, SILA-XX where the current
inputs have been replaced with low voltage signals, which are proportional to the primary current.
It has three communications ports: one front port (RS232) and two rear ports. Optionally RS485,
plastic optical fiber or Ethernet can be chosen for the physical medium of the ports. The RS232
port allows a PC to be connected and the equipment to be monitored using the SICom program
in WINDOWS XP or WINDOWS 7 (supplied by FANOX).
The rear communication ports are designed for different functions. While one is used for control,
principally including the alarm and control functions, the other is designed for specific protection
personnel consultations, with the possibility of consulting and changing, adjustment, or
downloading of events and oscillography, all without affecting the control part operation.
Depending on model, there are the following options respect to rear ports:

SIL-A with Adaptation A:


1. Two RS485 rear ports, one for IEC 60870-5-103 protocol and the other one for
MODBUS RTU protocol.
2. Two different rear ports, one RS485 for MODBUS RTU protocol and other RJ45 for IEC
61850 protocol or DNP3.0 protocol.

SIL-A with Adaptation B:

1. One RS485 port with selectable communication protocols (selectable by settings)


between IEC60870-103 and Modbus RTU.
2. One RJ45 with IEC61850, DNP3.0 or IEC60870-104, depending on model.

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Local communication LOCAL COMMUNICATION LOCAL COMMUNICATION


1 Local port RS232: ModBus RTU 1 Local port RS232: ModBus RTU

Remote communication REMOTE COMMUNICATION (*) REMOTE COMMUNICATION (*)


2 remote ports with the following 1 remote port with the following
options : options :
2 Remote port RS485: 1 Remote port RS485:
ModBus RTU and IEC ModBus RTU or IEC
60870-5-103 60870-5-103 (by general
setting)
1 Remote port RS485
ModBus RTU and 1RJ45 1 RJ45 port: IEC 61850,
port: IEC 61850, DNP3.0 DNP3.0 or IEC 60870-104
or IEC 60870-104

Setting-up a session allows four levels of access to be set up with passwords that can be
configured by the user.
The protective functions provided, easy-to-use interface, low amount of maintenance and simple
integration make the SIL-A a precise and practical solution for protecting both industrial and
public electrical grids and transformation and distribution centres. The SIL-A protection against
earthing faults is sensitive enough to be used on electric systems with low earthing fault currents.
It can be adjusted to 0.1 times the rated current and extremely low rated levels can be selected.
The main features of the equipment are listed below, and these features will be explained in the
rest of the manual:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 43/344


Function Description Adaptation A Adaptation B

Protection

Instantaneous phase overcurrent protection


50P 2
function

Instantaneous neutral overcurrent protection


50N/G (**) 2
function

Phase inverse time overcurrent protection


50/51P 1
function

Neutral inverse time overcurrent protection


50/51N/G (**) 1
function

Instantaneous negative sequence overcurrent


46 1
protection function

79 Reclosing device Up to 5 attempts

50BF Opening fault 1

1 through configurable
74TCS Trip circuit supervision 1 with specific inputs
inputs

86 Trip Output Lockout

50BF Breaker failure protection 1

CLP Cold load pickup 1

49T External trip 1

49 Thermal image protection function Optional

74CT Current transformer supervision Not available Optional

37 Undercurrent Not available Optional

46BC Broken conductor detection Not available Optional

Trip block Trip block for switch disconnector Not available Optional

www.fanox.com Rev.017 44/344


Circuit Breaker

Status and control of the circuit breaker

Counter to record the number of openings


52
Accumulated amps counter:

Maximum openings in a time window

Measurements

Phase and neutral (1*) rms currents with a


precision of 2% in a band of 20% when

compared to the rated current, and 4% in the
rest of the range.

Negative sequence current

Positive sequence current Not available

Maximum current Not available

Thermal image Depending on model

Inputs and Outputs

Configurable Inputs 8 6

5 outputs: 4 outputs:
Configurable outputs 2 (NO/NC) + 3 (NO) 2 (NO/NC) + 2 (NO)

Communication


LOCAL Communication
1 Local port RS232: ModBus RTU

(Optional) (Optional)
2 remote ports with 1 remote port with the following
the following options: options:
2 Remote port 1 Remote port RS485: ModBus RTU
RS485: ModBus or IEC 60870-5-103 (by general
REMOTE Communication RTU and IEC 60870- settings)
5-103
1 RJ45: IEC61850, DNP3.0 or IEC
1 Remote port 60870-104
RS485 ModBus RTU
and 1RJ45 port: IEC
61850, DNP3.0 or
IEC 60870-104

www.fanox.com Rev.017 45/344


HMI

SICom programme for Windows

Setting-up the session: 4 access


levels with configurable
passwords

HMI: LCD, 20x2

6 keys + 1 reset button + 2 keys


for 52 control + 1 separate key
for 79 Locking

8 leds: 8 leds:
LED Indicators 6 configurable All configurable
2 non configurable

Power

24-48 Vdc
Auxiliary voltage . 24-110 Vdc./48-230 Vac
90Vdc300Vdc /110Vac230 Vac

Monitoring and Recording

Events saved in the non-volatile


500 events 200 events
FRAM* memory

5 Records (100 cycles per record)


Oscillography records in the non- 2 Records (50 cycles per record)
volatile FRAM* memory 20 fault reports (24 events each
20 fault reports (80 events each one)
one)

Real-Time Clock (RTC 1



millisecond)

Test menu

Self-diagnosis

Adjustments Table

By general settings
3 setting tables 4 setting tables
By Inputs

Mechanical

Dimensions 4U x rack 4U x 14rack

(**) LPCT model: 50N/G and 50/51N : calculated neutral; inStandard model: 50N/G and 50/51N/G: measured neutral
(1*) On SIL-AXX models( LPCT type), the accuracy of the measurement in the neutral is 8%

www.fanox.com Rev.017 46/344


3.3. Functional Diagram

NOTE: LPCT model 50N/G and 50/51N: calculated neutral; Standard model 50N/G and
50/51N/G: measured neutral

www.fanox.com Rev.017 47/344


3.4. Selection & Ordering data
SIL-A ( Adaptation A) (Adaptation B) PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
(2) 50P + 50/51P + (2) 50N/G(1) + 50/51 N/G(1) + 52 + 50BF +
46 + 79 + 74TCS + CLP + 86 + 49T

PHASE NEUTRAL
0 Standard (In = 1A / 5A). Defined by General Setting
1 In = 1 A; (0,10 30,00 A)
5 In = 5 A; (0,50 150,00 A)
X X LPCT (Primary In = 50 800A). Defined by General Setting

NEUTRAL MEASUREMENT
0 Standard (In = 1A / 5A). Defined by General Setting
1 In = 1 A; (0,10 30,00 A)
5 In = 5 A; (0,50 150,00 A)
S Sensible (In = 0,1A / 0,5A). Defined by General Setting
X X LPCT: Internally Calculated.

NET FREQUENCY
0 (50Hz / 60Hz). Defined by General Setting
5 50 Hz
6 60 Hz

POWER SUPPLY
A 24-48 Vdc
B 90-300 Vdc / 110-230 Vac
C 24-110 Vdc/48-230Vac

ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS
0 0 -
1 + 49
2 + 49 + 74CT + 37 + 46BC + Trip Block for switch
disconnector

REAR COMMUNICATIONS
0 RS485: ModBus + IEC 60870-5-103
1 FOP: ModBus + IEC 60870-5-103
2 FOC-ST: ModBus + IEC 60870-5-103
3 RJ45: IEC61850 + RS485: ModBus (not available in LPCT
model)
4
RJ45: DNP3.0 (TCP/IP) + RS485: ModBus(not available in
5 LPCT model)
RJ45: IEC 60870-5-104 + RS485: ModBus (not available in
LPCT model)

A RS485. Defined by Setting : ModBus or IEC 60870-5-103


B RJ45: IEC61850
C RJ45: DNP3.0
D RJ45: IEC60870-5-104
E FOC. Defined by Setting : ModBus or IEC 60870-5-103
F FOC: IEC61850
G FOC: DNP3.0
H FOC: IEC60870-5-104
I FOP. Defined by Setting : ModBus or IEC 60870-5-103

INPUTS-OUTPUTS
0 8 Inputs + 5 Outputs. Configurable
1 6 Inputs + 4 Outputs. Configurable.

MECHANICS
0 LPCT model: 4U x Rack
1 Standard model: 4U x Rack
2 LPCT & Standard: 4U x rack

LANGUAGE
A A English, Spanish and German
B B English, Spanish and Turkish
C C English, Spanish and French
D D English, Spanish and Russian

ADAPTATION
A -
B -

www.fanox.com Rev.017 48/344


3.5. Phase CT and neutral CT selection
The following table shows a summary of phase and neutral CT combinations for standard SILA:
Adaptation A

Model Phase Neutral Phase range Neutral range

Residual phase
SIL-A55 CT 5 A 1-150 A 1-150 A
connection
Residual phase
SIL-A11 CT 1 A 0,2-30 A 0,2-30 A
connection

SIL-A51 CT 5 A CT 1 A 1-150 A 0,2-30 A

Adaptation B
Phase
Neutral nominal current
Model nominal Phase range Neutral range
current
Residual phase connection,
SIL-A00 1 A or 5 A 0,1 -30 A or 0,5-150 A 0,2-30A or 1-150A
1A or 5A
0,1-30 A or 0,5-150 A
Residual phase connection, or
SIL-A0S 1 A or 5 A 0,1-30 A or 0,5-150 A
0.5A or 0.1A 0,01-3A or 0.05-15A
0,05-15 A or 0,25-75 A
Residual phase connection, 1A or
SIL-AS0 0.5A or 2.5A 0,05-15 A or 0,25-75 A
or 5A 0,1-30 A or 0,5-150 A
0,05-15 A or 0,25-75 A
Residual phase connection, or
SIL-ASS 0.5A or 2.5A 0,05-15 A or 0,25-75 A
0.5A or 0.1A 0,01-3A or 0.05-15A

To ensure the relay functions correctly, a suitable current transformer must be used. The load of
the relays own measurement circuits and the load on the cables that connect the CTs and the
relay must be taken into account.

ACCURACY BURDEN RELAYS


5P10 1,5 VA SIL-A/1
5P20 1,5 VA SIL-A/1
5P30 1,5 VA SIL-A/1
5P10 1,5 VA SIL-A/5
5P20 1,5 VA SIL-A/5
5P30 1,5 VA SIL-A/5

The SIL-XX unit is fitted with standard inputs in accordance with standard IEC 60044-8. This
standard established a rated voltage of 22.5mV for the rated current.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 49/344


3.5.1. SIL-A/1 charge curve

0,04

0,03
Average Voltage (V)

0,02

0,01

SILA/1 Circuito
SILA/1 de Medidacircuit
measurement

3.5.2. SIL-A/5 charge curve

0,1
Average Voltage (V)

0,05

SILA/5 Circuito de Medida


SILA/5 measurement circuit

www.fanox.com Rev.017 50/344


4. PROTECTION FUNCTIONS

4.1. Functions 50P_1 and 50P_2. Instantaneous phase overcurrent


This protection function can be set by using three parameters:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Instantaneous phase overcurrent

Permission - - YES/NO - No
50P_1
50P_2
Tap 0,10 30,00 0,01 Inominal 5,00

Operating time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s 0,02

The operating time is independent from the operating current flowing through the equipment, so
if the phase current exceeds its predetermined value for an equal or greater amount of time than
this preset value, the protection function activates (trips) and does not reset itself until the
average value of the phase drops below the point of current pick-up.
The function activates at 100% of the preset input, and deactivates at 95%. The reset is
instantaneous.
The accuracy of the operating time is equal to the preset time 30 ms or 0.5%

4.2. Function 50/51P. Inverse time phase overcurrent


This protection function can be set by using five parameters:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Inverse time phase overcurrent

Permission - - YES/NO - No
IEC Extrem.
Curve - - (1*) -
Inverse
50/51P
Dial 0,02 2,20 0,01 - 1,25

Tap 0,10 7,00 0,01 Inominal 1,00

Operating time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s 0,02

(1*) IEC Inverse, IEC Very Inverse , IEC Extremely Inverse , IEC long time inverse, ANSI Inverse, ANSI very inverse,
ANSI extremely inverse, Defined time

www.fanox.com Rev.017 51/344


If the option "Defined time" is selected for the curve setting, the unit behaves like an
instantaneous overcurrent unit. In this case, the unit operating time is adjusted by using the
parameter "Operating time".
If a curve (inverse, very inverse or extremely inverse) is selected for the curve setting, the
operating time depends on the curve, dial and tap settings.
If the unit operates as defined time, the function is activated at 100% of the set tap value, and it
deactivates at 95%.
If the unit operates with a curve, the function is activated at 110% of the set tap value, and it
deactivates at 100%.
The reset is instantaneous in both cases.
The activation time is accurate to 5% or 30ms, whichever is higher, of the theoretical activation
time.
The curves used are IEC 60255-151 and ANSI IEE, which are described in their section.

4.3. Functions 50N/G_1 and 50N/G_2. Instantaneous neutral overcurrent.


This protection function can be set by using three parameters:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Instantaneous neutral overcurrent.

Permission - - Yes/No - No
50N/G_1
50N/G_2
Tap 0,10 30,00 0,01 Inominal 1,00

Operating time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s 0,02

NOTE: LPCT model50N/G: calculated neutral; Standard model50N/G: measured neutral

The operating time is completely independent from the operating current that flows through the
equipment, so if the neutral current exceeds its predetermined value for an equal or greater
amount of time than this preset value, the protection function activates (trips) and does not reset
itself until the average value of the phase drops below the point of current tap.
The function activates at 100% of the preset input, and deactivates at 95%. The reset is
instantaneous.
The accuracy of the operating time is equal to the preset time 30 ms or 0.5%

www.fanox.com Rev.017 52/344


4.4. Function 50/51N/G. Inverse time neutral overcurrent
This protection function can be set by using the following parameters:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Inverse time neutral overcurrent

Permission - - Yes/No - No
IEC Extrem.
Curve - - (1*) -
Inverse
50/51N/G
Dial 0,02 2,20 0,01 - 1,25

Tap 0,10 7,00 0,01 Inominal 0,50

Operating time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s 0,02

(1*) IEC Inverse, IEC Very Inverse , IEC Extremely Inverse , IEC long time inverse, ANSI Inverse, ANSI very inverse,
ANSI extremely inverse, Defined time

NOTE: LPCT model50/51N: calculated neutral; Standard model50/51N/G: measured


neutral

If the option "Defined time" is selected for the curve setting, the unit behaves like an
instantaneous overcurrent unit. In this case, the unit operating time is adjusted by using the
parameter "Operating time".
If a curve (inverse, very inverse or extremely inverse) is selected for the curve setting, the
operating time depends on the curve, dial and tap settings.
If the unit operates as defined time, the function is activated at 100% of the set tap value, and it
deactivates at 95%.
If the unit operates with a curve, the function is activated at 110% of the set tap value, and it
deactivates at 100%. The reset is instantaneous in both cases.
The activation time is accurate to 5% or 30ms, whichever is higher, of the theoretical activation
time.
The curves used are IEC 60255-151 and ANSI IEE, which are described in their section.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 53/344


4.5. Function 46. Negative sequence instant overcurrent.
This protection function can be set by using three parameters:
Adaptation A

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Negative sequence instantaneous overcurrent

Permission - - YES/NO - No
46
Tap 0,10 7,00 0,01 Inominal 1,00

Operating time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s 0,02

The operating time is completely independent from the operating current that flows through the
equipment, so if the negative sequence current exceeds its predetermined value for an equal or
greater amount of time than this preset value, the protection function activates (trips) and does
not reset itself until the average value of the phase drops below the point of current tap.
The function activates at 100% of the preset input, and deactivates at 95%. The reset is
instantaneous.
The accuracy of the operating time is equal to the preset time 30 ms or 0.5%

Adaptation B

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Negative sequence inverse time overcurrent

Permission - - YES/NO - No
IEC Extrem.
Curve - - (1*) -
Inverse
46
Dial 0,02 2,20 0,01 - 1,25

Tap 0,10 7,00 0,01 Inominal 1,00

Operating time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s 0,02

(1*) IEC Inverse, IEC Very Inverse , IEC Extremely Inverse , IEC long time inverse, ANSI Inverse, ANSI very inverse,
ANSI extremely inverse, Defined time

If the option "Defined time" is selected for the curve setting, the unit behaves like an
instantaneous overcurrent unit. In this case, the unit operating time is adjusted by using the
parameter "Operating time".
If a curve (inverse, very inverse or extremely inverse) is selected for the curve setting, the
operating time depends on the curve, dial and tap settings.
If the unit operates as defined time, the function is activated at 100% of the set tap value, and it
deactivates at 95%.
If the unit operates with a curve, the function is activated at 110% of the set tap value, and it
deactivates at 100%.
The reset is instantaneous in both cases.
The activation time is accurate to 5% or 30ms, whichever is higher, of the theoretical activation
time.
The curves used are IEC 60255-151 and ANSI IEE, which are described in their section.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 54/344


4.6. Function 49. Thermal image protectcion
Thermal image is a measurement of heating and cooling of an electric machine. Unlike an
overcurrent protection, time is not counted when a fault is detected, but by this way it continues
determing the thermal status of monitorized machine. Tripping time depends on adjusted thermal
constants, operative current and previous thermal status of the machine.

Thermal image is calculated based on next equation:

2
= 100 x (I/It) x (1 e-t/) + 0 x e-t/
where:
I, maximum three phase r.m.s. current
It, adjusted tap current
, thermal constant
0, initial thermal status

Tripping time is determined by next equation:


2 2
t = x ln { [(I/It) (0 / 100) ] / [(I/It) - 1] }

Tripping time accuracy is the 5% over the theorical time.


The algorithm uses the maximum current of the three phase currents. If the maximum current is
higher than 15% of the adjusted tap, heating thermal constant is applied. If maximum current is
lower than 15% of the adjusted tap, cooling thermal constant is applied.
Overload function trips when thermal image reachs the value of 100%. This value is got when
the flow current is equal to the adjusted tap for the thermal image.
A configurable level is established in order to generate an alarm. If a trip is occurred, overload
function is reset when thermal image is below to the ajusted alarm level.
As the measurement algorithm used is R.M.S., the heating produced by the armonics is taken
into account for the the thermal model.
Settings of this protection function are displayed on next table:

Function Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

49 Thermal image protection

Permission - - Yes/No - No

Tap 0,10 2,40 0,01 I nominal 1,2

heating 3 600 1 min 3

cooling 1 6 1 heating 1

Alarm 20 99 1 % 80

www.fanox.com Rev.017 55/344


4.6.1. Thermal image measurement evolution graphic
On next graphic, thermal image measuremet evolution can be observed depending on applied
current:

Th %

100%

75%

t
1 2 3 4

alarm

trip

We suppose that thermal image protection has and adjusted tap of 1,1 times the nominal current
and an alarm level of 75%.

Zone 1: The machine is deenergized for a long time. Therma image is 0%.

Zone 2: We supply the machine with the nominal current. Thermal image evolutions so as to get
2
the value of the thermal balance corresponding to one time the nominal current Th = (I/It) =
82%. The time that it takes in getting the thermal balance depends on the adjusted heating
constant.

Zone 3: Once reached the thermal image corresponding to the application of one time the
nominal current, we apply 1,2 times the nominal current. Therma image will evolutione so as to
2
get the thermal balance corresponding to 1,2 times the nominal current Th = (I/It) = 119%. This
would occur if we had the permission of the thermal function disabled. If the permission is
disabled, 49 protection function performs when the thermal image reachs the value of 100%.
Once tripped, current is cutted and thermal image is getting cool based on the cooling constant.

Zone 4: Before getting totally cool, nominal current is applied again and thermal balnace is
reached once passed the time determined by the heating thermal constant.

Thermal image protection alarm bit is active if the thermal image measurement is over the
adjusted alarm level.
Thermal image protection trip bit is active when the measurement of the thermal image is over
100% and it is reset when the measurement of the thermal image is under the adjusted alarm
level.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 56/344


4.6.2. Thermal image with memory
Thermal image is stored in non-volatile RAM memory periodically every second. By this way,
though the relay loses the power supply, it will keep the thermal status of the machine.

4.6.3. Thermal image measurement display. Reset.


Thermal image measurement can be displayed on Measurement menu and Counters menu.
Display is possible in Measurement menu. Display and thermal image value reset is possible in
Counters menu.

4.6.4 Thermal protection curves

This is the thermal curve for = 3 minutes.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 57/344


4.7. Function 52. Circuit Breaker monitoring
This function allows the status of the circuit breaker to be monitored and preventive maintenance
to be performed, for which the following parameters need to be configured:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Circuit breaker monitoring

Maximum number of openings 1 10000 1 - 10


2
Maximum accumulated amperes 1 100000 1 M(A ) 1000

52 Opening time 0,02 30,0 0,01 s 0,10

Closing time 0,02 30,0 0,01 s 0,10

Maximum repeated openings 1 10000 1 - 3

Time of maximum repeated openings 1,00 300,0 0,01 min 9,00

NOTE: The Maximum accumulated amperes adjustment units are M(A) (square mega
amperes) whilst the Accumulated amperes counter units are K(A) (square kilo amperes).
It is also necessary to assign the logical inputs 52a and/or 52b to a physical input.
This function provides information about the circuit breaker status and if any maintenance alarm
has been activated.

The following statuses are associated with this function:

Function Status Description

Start

Error

Open

Opening time Energized/Deenergized

Opening fault These are the different statuses of the circuit breaker automatic control

52 Closed

Closing time

Closing fault

No. of configured openings Activated if the counter that measures the number of openings exceeds the
exceeded "Maximum number of openings" setting
No. of configured
Activated if the accumulated amps counter exceeds "Maximum accumulated
accumulated (l2t) amps
amps" setting
exceeded
Activated the number of openings exceeds the setting in "Maximum
Repeated Trips repeated openings" for the time set in "Time of maximum repeated
openings"

www.fanox.com Rev.017 58/344


The way that the circuit breaker is monitored becomes more or less complex depending on
whether it is fitted with no breaker contacts, one breaker contact (52a or 52b) or both (52a and
52b).
If no breaker contacts are used, the monitoring of the circuit breaker is made through the current
measurement. This is, if less than 8% of rated current is detected it is considered the breaker is
open and if more than 10% of rated current is available the it is considered the breaker is closed.
If only the circuit breaker 52a contact is available, it should be wired to the corresponding
physical input. This physical input is then assigned to the "52a Input logical input. The 52b
logical input is calculated internally as the negative of 52a. The circuit breaker performance is
shown in the following finite state machine:

If only the circuit breaker 52b contact is available, it should be wired to the corresponding
physical input. This physical input is then assigned to the "52b Input logical input. The 52a
logical input is calculated internally as the negative of 52b. The circuit breaker performance is
shown in the following finite state machine:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 59/344


If both of the circuit breaker contacts 52a and 52b are available, they should be wired to the two
physical inputs. These physical inputs are then assigned to the corresponding logical inputs: the
circuit breaker 52a contact to the "52a Input" logical input, and the circuit breaker 52b contact to
the "52b Input" logical input. The circuit breaker's automaton is considered as having eight
statuses: Start, open, closed, error, opening time, opening fault, closing time and closing fault.
The circuit breaker performance is shown in the following finite state machine:

52a & 52b Inicio 52a & 52b

52a & 52b

52a & 52b 52a & 52b


ABIERTO CERRADO

ERROR
52a & 52b 52a & 52b 52a & 52b
52a & 52b

Fallo
Fallo
Cierre
apertura

52a & 52b


52a & 52b
TimeOut
TimeOut 52a & 52b 52a & 52b
+ +
52a & 52b 52a & 52b
Tiempo Tiempo
apertura cierre

4.7.1. Circuit Breaker opening and closing commands


The circuit breaker opening and closing commands are implemented. These commands can be
executed from the HMI commands menu or using the HMIs specific keypad or from local or
remote communications. In order that the command related to the key can run, the menu must
be in standby mode.
To carry out commands from the remote communications (ModBus or IEC60870-5-103 for LPCT
model (SILAXX) and ModBus, IEC60870-5-103, IEC61850 or DNP 3.0 for standard SILA) the
equipment must be in TELECONTROL mode. (see the telecontrol section).
For the commands to have an effect, they should be assigned to the corresponding outputs. The
"Open circuit breaker" and "Close circuit breaker" bits are assigned to their corresponding
outputs in the "CONTROL" status group in the status menu.

4.7.2. Counter to register the number of openings


The SIL-A equipment is fitted with a counter that registers the number of times the circuit breaker
opens.
This counter is associated with the "Maximum number of openings" setting. When the number of
openings exceeds this preset value, the "Maximum number of openings" status is activated and
its corresponding event is generated.
This counter reading can be set to any value from within its range from the HMI or by
communications.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 60/344


2
4.7.3. Accumulated amps counter: I t
An accumulated amps counter is also fitted. This counter accumulates the amps that are cleared
by the circuit breaker by opening.
When the circuit breaker opens, the maximum number of primary amps in any of the phases is
detected. This reading is squared and divided by 1000 and then rescaled to KA and
accumulated. If the current detected in the opening is less than the rated current, the rated
current value is used for the accumulation.
It is used in conjunction with the counter of the number of openings, to measure the circuit
breaker aging process.
Since primary amps are being accumulated, it is essential to correctly adjust the phase CT
transformation ratio.
The "Maximum accumulated amps" setting is associated with this counter. When the number of
accumulated amps exceeds this preset value, the "Maximum accumulated amps" status is
activated and its corresponding event is generated.
The value of this counter can be started at any value within its range from the hmi or from
communications, if this protection is fitted on a circuit breaker with a previous service life.
This alarm can be replaced by modifying the Accumulated Amps counter.
The display unit shall be KA (square kilo amperes).

4.7.4. Maximum openings in a time window


As well as counting the number of times the circuit breaker opens, the SIL-A equipment sets up a
time window and the maximum number of openings allowed during this time. Both parameters
can be adjusted.
When this number is exceeded, the "Repeated Trips" status is activated and its corresponding
event is generated.
This alarm resets itself, when the corresponding time is exceeded with less trips than those
indicated.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 61/344


4.8. 50BF Circuit Breaker opening fault
This function settings are as follows:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Circuit breaker opening fault

50BF Permission - - Yes/No - No

Opening fault time 0,02 1,00 0,01 s 0,2

The following automaton describes the open fault function:

Trip
50BF

t>

Imax< 8% Inominal
Pickup
Run
50BF
INIT_50BF = 1

Imax< 8% Inominal

Reset
50BF

INIT_50BF = 0
Imax< 8% Inominal

When the 50BF init status is activated, a switch is made to the "50BF init" and time is counted.
If, following the adjusted open fault time, the switch is not detected to have open, the function
trips. The function is reset when the circuit breaker is detected to have opened, and the 50BF
init status has been reset.
To monitor the circuit breaker opening the current measurement via the three phases is used.
When the current via the three phases is less than 8% of the rated current, the circuit breaker is
considered to be open.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 62/344


There is a 50BF init input to start the open fault from an external protection.
The 50BF init is configurable by user. The default configuration is shown below:
General trip

4.9. 74TCS. Trip circuit supervision


This function permits monitoring of the circuit breaker trip circuits.

In adaptation A this is performed in two ways:


Verifying there is a trip voltage.
Verifying the continuity of the trip circuit, in both circuit breaker position, both open and closed.
For the first monitoring procedure, a digital input is fitted, with stricter activation than the other
inputs. For the second monitoring procedure, a weak current is injected which must flow from the
relay to the circuit breaker trip coil. Finally, to avoid spurious components this must be
appropriately time delayed.

Circuit A superv ision


Circuit B superv ision
T Function permission
T 0
Control v oltage
T_UP

In adaptation B this functionality is achived through configurable digital inputs instead of


dedicated inputs.
In this case it is not verified the control voltage, it is only verified the continuity of the coils.

This
Function settings are as follows:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Trip circuit supervision

74TCS Permission - - Yes/No - No

Time delay 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 2,00

www.fanox.com Rev.017 63/344


4.10. 79 Autorecloser
The reclosing function recloses the circuit breaker after a fault. It has a five reclosing capacity,
following which the unit shall be Locked or in Lockout mode.
The reclose device can be permitted or prohibited, depending on whether or not this function is
required. Prohibited must not be confused with locked. Prohibited means that the recloser shall
never be in operation, regardless of the controls performed on it. A locked recloser means that
the recloser is not operative, but either because it has reached the end of the reclosing cycle, or
a fault has been detected, or someone has performed a control procedure on it.
There is a final permission which serves to indicate that recloser that it must wait a period of time
before closure. In this time, there is usually an external condition, such as closure synchronism,
and this condition in from an external input.
Each reclosing cycle has its own specific operation time that can be set. Apart from these times,
a further three times must be set:
Hold times. This is the time the reclosing device waits for an external condition for closure.
Replacement time. This is the Hold time for the recloser for a final closure. If during this time,
there is another trip, the recloser count will increase.
Final opening time The is the time used by the recloser to declare that the circuit breaker is
finally open. In this case, the recloser understands that the opening was manual or via remote
control, and no reclosing is necessary. On exceeding this time, the recloser shall switch to
locked mode.
The reclosing function settings are shown below:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Reclosing device

Permission - - Yes/No - No

Hold permission - - Yes/No - No

Number of reclosings 1 5 1 - 3

Reclose 1 time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 0,30

Reclose 2 time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 3,00


79
Reclose 3 time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 180,00

Reclose 4 time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 180,00

Reclose 5 time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 180,00

Hold time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 10,00

Replacement time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 10,00

Final Opening Time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s 10,00

www.fanox.com Rev.017 64/344


It must be possible to lock the recloser, particularly is maintenance tasks are carried out on the
substation. To this end there are various SIL-A locking and unlocking possibilities:

From the HMI. There is a specific key marked 79, plus a specific signal led, allowing recloser
operation, locking or unlocking it. In order that the command related to the key can run, the
menu must be in standby mode.
From the HMI. This command can be executed from the control menu.
From two pulse inputs. If the substation is equipped with a conventional remote control, two
pulse outputs are usually assigned, where one locks the recloser and the other locks it.
Via protocol. This is performed via any means of communication. This is carried out as if it
were a control, and the normal conditions of any control must be met. For example, if we are
operating from the HMI, it is understood that the relay is in local mode, whereby if a
Lock/Unlock command is received via remote control this shall be ignored.
From a level input. In this case the recloser monitors the status of the input. This may be of
use if the company has a handle with a key.

In the first four cases, the equipment stores the lock situation in the non-volatile memory, as the
last control must be know for a possible re-start.
The auto-reclosers start up is shown in the following figure: There are two stable conditions
here, Standby and Lockout, the other conditions are transient.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 65/344


52 Close
Manual
STANDBY Open
Time
52 Open

79 Init Input
Reclose Init
+
Configurable Init TimeOut

N=N+1 Reclose
Time
N > Max Number Shots

TimeOut

52 52 Close
Is Open?

Wait Reclose Condition

No Hold Time
Hold
TimeOut
Time

Reclose Condition Input

Close
TimeOut
Time
Reclose Init

52 Close

Reset
TimeOut
Time

52 Close & 79 Unblock Command


TimeOut Safety
Time LOCKOUT
52 Open

79 Block Input + 79 Block Command

www.fanox.com Rev.017 66/344


On standby. The recloser can leave this mode via three conditions:
Recloser lock, via a command.
Manual or remote control opening of the circuit breaker. In this situation it shall await the final
opening of the same, and then it shall switch to lock mode.
Circuit breaker trip. This shall start the reclosing cycles. This start may arise either from the
trip itself, or from an external input if external protection is fitted.
When locked. The recloser shall switch from this condition as a result of two different conditions:
Manual or remote control closing of the circuit breaker. In this case it shall switch to safety
time. If, during this time, there is a trip, it shall revert to Lockout.
Unlocking of the recloser. Via a command.
Of all the remaining conditions, it is interesting to know that the recloser sends a closure
command whilst it is in the Close Time condition, and for this reason if you wish to programme
an output on said command, the output must be set to the 79 closing time bit.

The 79 init status is an adjustable logical signal.

4.10.1. Counter to record the number of reclosings


The SIL-A equipment is fitted with a counter that records the number of reclosings.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 67/344


4.11. Cold Load Pickup
This unit is used to prevent undesired operations of the overcurrent functions in the cases where
when the line is deenergised, all the loads enter at the same time.
Adaptation A
This function settings are as follows:

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Cold Load Pickup

Permission - - Yes/No - No

50P_1 Multiplier 1 5 0,01 - 1

50P_2 Multiplier 1 5 0,01 - 1

50/51P Multiplier 1 5 0,01 - 1


CLP
50N/G_1 Multiplier 1 5 0,01 - 1

50N/G_2 Multiplier 1 5 0,01 - 1

50/51N/G Multiplier 1 5 0,01 - 1

CLP switch time 1 18000 1 s 15

CLP duration 1 18000 1 s 15

The two time parameters have the following meaning:


CLP switch time: If the circuit has been open for less time than that set in this parameter, the
Cold Load Pickup is not activated. When this time is exceeded the overcurrent functions are
multiplied by the indicated constant.
CLP duration: Time from the passage of current in which time the Multiplier is applied to the
instant overcurrent functions tap. After this time, the relay returns to the adjusted taps.
There is a conditioner in the multiplier. The maximum protection functions are located in their tap.
This maximum can never be exceeded, regardless of the adjusted tap in the protection function
and the Cold Load function multiplier.
The function operated according to the following automaton. The automaton consists of six
conditions, with three being those with normal adjustment, and three with the extended
adjustments. During transit, the settings are maintained according to where they come from.
The current level is used to determine the change, more than the circuit breaker situation. If the
current less then 10% of the rated level, it is understood that the line is open, with an extremely
low usage level (operating at night, or on weekends). In one case or the other a Cold Load must
Pickup.
The relay normally operates with the settings in their active table. When the circuit breaker
opens, a timer starts. The remote control could activate circuit breaker closure, and also, if a
permanent fault occurs the circuit breaker may open again. To prevent the increase counter from
resetting there is a condition which reduces the activation time from where it was. If the counter
exceeds its limit, a switch is made to Cold Load. On the contrary, if the counter reaches zero, a
switch is made to the standby condition. This mechanism is identical in Cold Load reset.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 68/344


Time to deactivate
In > 10% CLP
decrementing

Time to deactivate
CLP In < 10%
incrementing Time Out

Time Out

In > 10%

Cold Load
Pickup
Run

In < 10%

Time Out
Time Out

In > 10% Time to activate


CLP
incrementing

Time to activate
CLP
decrementing In < 10%

Adaptation B
The settings of this function are as follows:

Function Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

CLP Cold Load Pickup

Permission - - Yes/No - No

Setting group 1 4 1 - 4

No Load time 0.02 300.00 0.01 s 15

Cold Load Time 0.02 300.00 0.01 s 15

The two time parameters have the following meaning:


No Load Time: If the circuit has been open for less time than the setting, the Cold Load
Pickup function is not in working conditions.
Cold Load Time: After the circuit has been closed, during this time the new setting group is
applied. After this time, the relay returns to the adjusted setting group.

The function operates according to the following automaton. The automaton consists of five
states, in three of those states the relay works with normal setting group (the table adjusted in
general settings), and in the other two, with the new settings group.
The relay uses the current level to determine the circuit breaker state (open or closed). If the
current is less than 10% of the rated level, it is understood that the line is open, with an
extremely low usage level (operating at night, or on weekends). In one case or the other Cold
Load is in working condition.
The relay usually operates with the settings in their active table. When the circuit breaker opens,
a timer No Load Time starts. After this time, the relay considers that the circuit breaker is open,
so the CLP function is in working conditions.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 69/344


Once the circuit breaker is closed, CLP function picks-up and Cold load time starts to count.
During this time the relay will work with the new setting group regardless of the circuit breaker
situation, this is, without taking into account whether the circuit breaker is maintained closed or is
open.
When the setting group changed occurs, not all the protection functions change, only 50P,
50/51P, 50N/G and 50/51N/G functions are modified to new settings.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 70/344


4.12. Function 74CT. Phase CT supervision
Current transformer supervision is provided to detect the loss of one of the phases.

Function Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

74CT Instantaneous phase undercurrent

Permission - - Yes/No - No

Operating time 0.02 300.00 0.01 s 2

If a current lower than 8% of the nominal current is detected in one phase during the adjusted
time, the trip occurs.
The reset is instantaneous when a current higher than 10% of nominal current is detected.
The accuracy of the operating time is equal to the preset time 30 ms or 0.5%

4.13. Fuction 37. Instantaneous phase undercurrent


This protection function is adjusted by setting three different parameters:

Function Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

37P Instantaneous phase undercurrent

Permission - - Yes/No - No

Tap 0.10 30 0.01 xIB 0.50

Operating time 0.02 300.00 0.01 s 0.02

The operating time is completely independent of the operating current through the equipment,
such that should the phase current gone down the set value during the same amount of time or
more than the set one, the protection function acts (trips) and there it is not restored until the
measured value of the phase exceeds the current set point.
The function pick up occurs at 100% of the adjusted input and the dropout at 105%. The reset
type is instantaneous.
The accuracy of the operating time is equal to the preset time 30 ms or 0.5%

www.fanox.com Rev.017 71/344


4.14. Function 46BC. Broken conductor detection
This protection detects the porcentage phase unbalance due to an open phase condition.

Function Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

46BC Brocken conductor protection

Permission - - Yes/No - No

Tap 15 100 1 % 0.50

Operating time 0.02 300.00 0.01 s 0.02

The function activates at 100% of the preset input, and deactivates at 95%. The reset is
instantaneous.

The accuracy of the operating time is equal to the preset time 30 ms or 0.5%

4.15. Trip block for switch disconnector


Some transformation centers use a combination of switchgear and fuses for cutting out.
Switchgears have a limited opening current. As a result, the fuses are responsible for cutting out
the circuit for high current short circuits, as the switchgear would be destroyed if opened in this
situation. In order to deal with these situations, tripping is blocked when the phase current
exceeds a pre-set value.

Group Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

Trip block protection for the switchgear

Blocking - - Yes/No - Yes

Blocking limit 1,50 20,00 0,01 I nominal 7,00

www.fanox.com Rev.017 72/344


4.16. General settings.
General settings establish some parameters that are necessary for the relay to operate. These
settings are defined as general because they affect the entire relay, and as a result they are not
subject to a change of table.
Adaptation A

Function Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

General Settings

Equipment identifier - - - - fanox.com


CT phase ratio
or
1 2000 1 - 100
Rated phase current for SILAXX
devices
CT neutral ratio
or
1 2000 1 - 100
Rated neutral current for SILAXX
devices
Frequency - - 60/50 Hz 50

Language - - - - English

Active table 1 3 1 - 1

Remote address (*) 1 254 1 - 3

Remote baudrate (*) 4800 38400 - bauds 19200

Modbus address 1 254 1 - 2

Modbus baudrate 4800 38400 - bauds 19200

(*) Remote communication parameters depend on model (protocol options:IEC60870-5-103,


IEC61850 or DNP3.0)

1. Equipment Identifier. This is an ASCII text, for equipment identification. Normally protection
equipment is associated with a specific line or position, and this setting is used for this
identification. It is important that this field is filled in correctly, as the information regarding
events and oscillography are accompanied with this information.

2. The phase and neutral CT transformation ratio setting allows the measurements of the
primary values from the protection transformer to be viewed.

3. Frequency. The equipment frequency is displayed. The frequency is selected by means of


an internal equipment selector, which can be accessed by removing the rear selector access
cover in LPCT model (SILAXX). If the device is a standard SILA it is not possible to change
the frequency because this parameter is imposed by the model.

4. Language. The SIL equipment is capable of displaying their messages in four languages,
with English in all cases. Consult the list of models to find out which are available.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 73/344


5. Active table: see Settings Table.

6. Communication settings (direction and speed of rear ports): see Communications

The other settings are grouped according to functions, to ease management. These groups are
subject to tables.
The equipment identifier setting can only be adjusted through communications.
The frequency setting is read only. The equipment frequency is selected from the list of models.
The rest of the settings can be changed either from the HMI or through communications.
Any change of settings, involves the reset of the functions, whether or not activated.

Adaptation B

Function Description Minimum Maximum Step Unit Default

General Settings

Equipment identifier - - - - free text

Frequency - - 60/50 Hz 50

Serial number - - - - 0

Language - - - - English

Active Settings Group 1 4 1 - 1


Standard model:
Standard:1
1, 5, 0.5 or 2.5
Phase Nominal Current - - A
LPCT: 100
LPCT model:
50-800
Neutral Nominal Current (**) - - 1, 5, 0.5 or 0.1 A 1

CT phase ratio (**) 1 2000 1 - 100

CT neutral ratio (**) 1 2000 1 - 100

Local COM. Address 1 254 1 - 1

Remote address (*) 1 254 1 - 3

Remote baudrate (*) 4800 38400 - bauds 19200

Modbus
IEC60870-5-
Remote Protocol - - RTU/IEC60870-5- -
103
103

(*) Remote communication parameters depend on model (protocol options:IEC60870-5-103 or


Modbus RTU or IEC6185, DNP3.0 or IEC60870-5-104)
(**) Available only in standard model

www.fanox.com Rev.017 74/344


1. Equipment Identifier. This is an ASCII text, for equipment identification. Normally protection
equipment is associated with a specific line or position, and this setting is used for this
identification. It is important that this field is filled in correctly, as the information regarding
events and oscillography are accompanied with this information.

2. Frequency. It is possible to select the frequency by general settings

3. Serial number is a read only setting

4. Language. The SIL equipment is capable of displaying their messages in four languages,
with English in all cases. Consult the list of models to find out which are available

5. Active table: see Settings Table.

6. Nominal phase current: it is possible to select the secondary phase nominal current.
Depending on model the options are: 5 A, 1A, 0.5 A or 2.5 A

7. Nominal neutral current: it is possible to select the secondary neutral nominal current.
Depending on model the options are: 5 A, 1A, 0.5 A or 0.1 A

8. The phase and neutral CT transformation ratio setting allows the measurements of the
primary values from the protection transformer to be viewed.

9. Communication settings (address of front port and address and speed of rear ports): see
Communications

Serial number is a read only setting


The rest of the settings can be changed either from the HMI or through communications.
Any change of settings, involves the reset of the functions, whether or not activated.

4.13. Settings table


In adaptation A, there are three settings tables. The settings table which is active at a specific
moment can be modified in two ways:
Changing the active settings table. In the general group there is a setting which establishes
which table is active.

By means of two inputs. To this end four possibilities are defined.


00 This situation is governed by the active table settings.

01 Table 1

10 Table 2

11 Table 3

In the zero position the active item is defined by the active table settings defined in the general
group. Regarding other options, regardless of that established by the settings, the inputs prevail
over the settings.
If the use of both inputs is not required, then one can be used, but depending on which is used,
operation can be done with table 1 or table 2.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 75/344


In adaptation B there are four settings tables and one general table. The settings table which is
active at a specific moment can be modified in two ways:

Changing the active Table settings. In the general group there is a setting which establishes
which table is active (table 1, table 2, table 3 or table 4).

By means of two inputs. To this end four possibilities are defined.

00 This situation is governed by the active table settings.

01 Table 1

10 Table 2

11 Table 3

Table 4 is not possible to be selected through inputs, only through general settings.
In the zero position the active item is defined by the active table settings defined in the general
group. Regarding other options, regardless of that established by the settings, the inputs prevail
over the settings.

If the use of both inputs is not required, then one can be used, but depending on which is used,
operation can be done with table 1 or table 2.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 76/344


4.14. IEC 60255-151 Curves
The IEC curves follow the following mathematical equation:

A D
t B D K
V Q
P

Where:

I
V
I adjusted

And we have the following curves:


Inverse Curve
Very Inverse Curve
Extremely Inverse Curve
Long time inverse

Which relate to the parameters figuring in the following table:

Parameters A P Q B K

Long Time Inverse 120 1 1 0 0

Ext. Inverse 80 2 1 0 0

Very Inverse 13,5 1 1 0 0

Inverse 0,14 0,02 1 0 0

The curve can mode from its axis using the D time selection device, which the user can adjust.
Iadjusted is the initial operating current, set by the user.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 77/344


www.fanox.com Rev.017 78/344
www.fanox.com Rev.017 79/344
www.fanox.com Rev.017 80/344
www.fanox.com Rev.017 81/344
4.15. ANSI-IEEE Curves
The ANSI curves follow the following mathematical equation:

A
t TD P B
V 1

Where:

I
V
I adjusted

And we have the following curves:


Inverse Curve
Very Inverse Curve
Extremely Inverse Curve

Which relate to the parameters figuring in the following table:

Parameters A P B

Ext. Inverse 28,2 2 0,1217

Very Inverse 19,61 2 0,491

Inverse 0,0515 0,02 0,114

The curve can move from its axis using the TD time selection device, which the user can adjust.
Iadjusted is the initial operating current, set by the user.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 82/344


www.fanox.com Rev.017 83/344
www.fanox.com Rev.017 84/344
www.fanox.com Rev.017 85/344
4.16. Application examples
It is important to know that if both overcurrent protection functions (50 and 50/51), phase or
neutral, are enable, definite time function (function 50) must be more restrictive. So, if
overcurrent fault values are low, inverse time overcurrent function (function 50/51) must work,
and if overcurrent fault reaches a certain value, definite time overcurrent function will always
work. This is because, when overcurrent fault reach high values (I>>), it is necessary to be sure
that trip is going to be instantaneous to get that the element we are protecting, does not be
damaged.
It is shown somo examples below:

APPLICATION EXAMPLE 1
Starting from the following information:

Line details:
Transformation ratio of CT =100/1
Primary current: Ip=100 A
50/51 function settings
Curve type: IEC Inverse
Dial: 0.05
Tap: 1xIn
50 function settings
Tap: 11xIn
Operating time: 0.05 s

Figure 1. 50 y 50/51 IEC Inverse

www.fanox.com Rev.017 86/344


If overcurrent fault is 11xIn=1100 Ap, IEC inverse curve defines a tripping value of 0.1425s
(Figure1) for 50/51 function. It is considered that this time is too high, so when current fault
reaches 11xIn, definite time overcurrent function will be work.

The figure below (Figure 2), shows the tripping curve of the relay:

Figure 2. Relay tripping curve

APPLICATION EXAMPLE 2:

Starting from the following information:

Line details:
Transformation ratio of CT =500/1
Primary current: Ip=500 A
50/51 function settings
Curve type: ANSI Extremely Inverse
Dial: 2.20
Tap: 1xIn
50 function settings
Tap: 14xIn
Operating time: 0.1 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 87/344


Figure 3. 50 y 50/51 ANSI Extremely Inverse

If overcurrent fault is 24xIn=12000 Ap, ANSI Extremely inverse curve defines a tripping value of
0.376 s (Figure 3) for 50/51 function. It is considered that this time is too high, so when current
fault reaches 24xIn, definite time overcurrent function will be work. 50 function tap is adjusted at
14xIn so definite time overcurrent function will trip when current fault is higher than 14xIn (50
function does not wait to reach 24xIn)

The figure below (Figure 4), shows the tripping curve of the relay:

Figure 4. Relay tripping curve

www.fanox.com Rev.017 88/344


APPLICATION EXAMPLE 3:

In this example it is explained what occurs when it is selected in curve type parameter
DEFINITE TIME. In this case, 50/51 function works as 50 function.
Starting from the following information

Line details:
Transformation ratio of CT =100/1
Primary current: Ip=100 A
50/51 function settings
Curve type: Definite time
Tap 1xIn
Operating time: 5 s
50 function settings
Tap: 15xIn
Operating time: 1 s

Figure 5. Function 50/51 (as 50) and function 50.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 89/344


If overcurrent fault is 15xIn=1500 Ap, Definite time curve defines a tripping value of 5 s (Figure
5) for 50/51 function. It is considered that this time is too high, so when current fault reaches
15xIn, definite time overcurrent function will be work function 50).
The figure below (Figure 6), shows the tripping curve of the relay:

Figure 6. Relay tripping curve

www.fanox.com Rev.017 90/344


5. MONITORING AND CONTROL

5.1. Switchgear rated current and measurements


Measurements of the three-phase currents and the neutral current are given in RMS. A
sampling of 16 samples/cycle is performed.
The accuracy of the measurement is 2% over a band of 20% over the nominal current
and 4% over the rest of the range. In SILAXX (LPCT model) the measurement accuracy is
8%.

The following measurements are provided:

Adaptation A
Phase r.m.s. currents (IA, IB, IC)
Neutral r.m.s. current (IN)
Negative sequence current (I2)
Thermal image

Adaptation B
Phase r.m.s. currents (IA, IB, IC)
Neutral r.m.s. current (IN)
Negative sequence current (I2)
Positive sequence current (I1)
Maximum current (Imax)
Thermal image (TI)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 91/344


Below are the phase and neutral measurement ranges of the SIL-A models.

Standard SILA (/1 or /5)

Adaptation A
They will have a rated current equal to 1 Ampere or 5 Amperes and they will have a
frequency equal to 50 or 60 Hz, and these values are not adjustable by user (they depend
on the selected model).
Current values are understood as secondary current:

Phase rated Neutral rated


Model Phase range Neutral range
current current
SIL-A5* 1-150 A * 5A *

SIL-A1* 0,2-30 A * 1A *

SIL-A*5 * 1-150 A * 5A

SIL-A*1 * 0,2-30 A * 1A

Adaptation B
They will have a rated current equal to 1 Ampere, 5 Amperes or sensitive model selectable
and they will have a frequency equal to 50 or 60 Hz selectable by general settings.
Current values are understood as secondary current:

Phase rated Neutral rated


Model Phase range Neutral range
current current
SIL-A0* 0.1-30 A or 0.5-150 A * 1A or 5 A *

SIL-AS* 0,05-15 A or 0.25-75 A * 0.5 A or 2.5 A *

SIL-A*0 * 0.1-30 A or 0.5-150 A * 1 A or 5 A

SIL-A*S * 0.01-3 A or 0.05-15 A * 0.5 A or 0.1 A

A transformer with a suitable current must be used to ensure correct operation. .

Frequency Rated 50 Hz or 60 Hz. 3 Hz

Thermal resistance Four times the continuous rated current

www.fanox.com Rev.017 92/344


LPCT models (SILAXX) for adaptation A
On the SILA-XX equipment the measurement is not made in secondary as it is adapted to
current transformers which provide a voltage level proportional to the current. On doing
this, greater current transformer linearity is achieved, requiring a single CT for a wide
range of rated cell currents.
To adjust the wide dynamic range of the CT with that of the equipment, in order to
measure precisely the cell operating range, the relay is fitted with three sets of switches on
the rear. These switches must be fitted in the same position, and the adjustment value
must be entered in the Rated Current adjustment in the general group. In this way, the
relay knows the real equivalent primary current.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 93/344


SILX SILXX SILXN
Model SIL X-
Phases Rated Current Neutral Rated Current Neutral Rated Current
dcba

In 50 A In 50A In 10A

dcba
In 100 A In 100A In 20A

dcba
In 150 A In 150A In 30A

dcba

In 200 A In 200A In 40A

dcba
In 250 A In 250A In 50A

dcba
In 300 A In 300A In 60A

dcba
In 350 A In 350A In 70A

dcba
In 400 A In 400A In 80A

dcba
In 450 A In 450A In 90A

dcba
In 500 A In 500A In 100A

dcba
In 550 A In 550A In 110A

dcba
In 600 A In 600A In 120A

dcba

In 650 A In 650A In 130A

dcba
In 700 A In 700A In 140A

dcba
In 750 A In 750A In 150A

dcba
In 800 A In 800A In 160A

LPCT models (SILAXX) for adaptation B


The nominal current is selectable by general settings. It is possible to adjust phase and
neutral primary current from 50 A to 800 A.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 94/344


5.1.1. Application example SILAXX (Adaptation A).
There is a distribution central unit with a rated current of 240 Amps. The following starts
are to be set:

50P_1 5k0 Amps.


50P_2 1k25 Amps.
50/51P 500 Amps.
50N/G_2 500 Amps.
50/51N/G 100 Amps.

To this end we start with an SILA.XX relay, i.e. the neutral units have the same range as
the phase units.

1. We set the rated current of the switchgear. To do this we set the equipments rear
switches to this configuration:
dcba

Which corresponds to 250 rated Amps. In this way we set the rated current range of the
cell to that of the relay.

2. We adjust the relay rated current. To this end 250 Amps shall be applied in the
general setting menu for the phase rated current, and 250 Amps for the neutral rated
current.

3. With this configuration, the relay understands that the rated current of the relay is 250
Amps, and as a result the protection unit starts settings shall be:

50P_1 20.0 xInominal


50P_2 5.0 xInominal
50/51P 2.0 xInominal
50N/G_2 2.0 xInominal
50/51N/G 0.4 xInominal

5.2. Counters
The following counters are provided:
1 Number of openings of the circuit breaker

2 Amperes accumulated (l2t) during the openings of the circuit breaker

3 Number of shots

4 Thermal Image

www.fanox.com Rev.017 95/344


5.3. Statuses and Events
The statuses are given by real-time information generated by the equipment. Some states
are understood as levels, and others (trips) are too quick to be displayed in real time.

Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B
General status

General trip Trip

Battery supply 50 Hz

50 Hz network frequency Trip Block enable

Measurement error Measurement error

Ready Ready

Protection error Change of settings

Change of settings Time and date synchronisation

Time and date synchronisation Local Activity

NO telecontrol Factory Settings

Factory Settings Error Eeprom

Eeprom error Eeprom changed

Changing E2prom values Events error


General
Events error Reset

- Pickup

- Phase A Pickup

- Phase B Pickup

- Phase C Pickup

- Ground Pickup

- Phase A Trip

- Phase B Trip

- Phase C Trip

- Ground Trip

- 50P Trip

- 50N Trip

- Phase Trip

www.fanox.com Rev.017 96/344


Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Level 1 phase instantaneous overcurrent

50P_1 Phase A Pickup

50P_1 Phase B Pickup

50P_1 Phase C Pickup

50P_1 50P_1 Pickup

50P_1 Phase A trip

50P_1 Phase B trip

50P_1 Phase C trip

50P_1 Trip

Level 2 phase instantaneous overcurrent

50P_2 Phase A Pickup

50P_2 Phase B Pickup

50P_2 Phase C Pickup

50P_2 50P_2 Pickup

50P_2 Phase A trip

50P_2 Phase B trip

50P_2 Phase C trip

50P_2 Trip

Phase inverse time overcurrent

50/51P Phase A Pickup

50/51P Phase B Pickup

50/51P Phase C Pickup

50/51P 50/51P Pickup

50/51P Phase A trip

50/51P Phase B trip

50/51P Phase C trip

50/51P Trip

www.fanox.com Rev.017 97/344


Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Level 1 neutral instantaneous overcurrent

50N/G_1 50N/G_1 Pickup

50N/G_1 Trip

Level 2 neutral instantaneous overcurrent

50N/G_2 50N/G_2 Pickup

50N/G_2 Trip

Neutral inverse time overcurrent

50/51N/G 50/51N/G Pickup

50/51N/G Trip

Cold Load Pickup

CLP Disable

52 Close

52 Open
CLP
CLP Activation 52 definitive Open

Close Cold Load

Open Cold Load

Cold Load pickup

Circuit breaker opening fault

50BF 50BF Pickup

50BF Trip

Negative sequence instantaneous Negative sequence inverse time


overcurrent overcurrent
46 46 Pickup 46 Pickup

46 Trip 46 Trip

NOTE: LPCT model50N/G, 50/51N: calculated neutral; Standard model50N/G,


50/51N/G: measured neutral

www.fanox.com Rev.017 98/344


Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Reclosing device

79 Standby

79 Reclosing time

79 Open

79 Hold time

79 79 Closing time

79 Reset time.

79 Lock out

79 Safety time

79 Final opening time

79 Enabled

Circuit Breaker monitoring

52 Start

52 Error

52 Open

52 Opening time

52 Opening fault

52 Closed
52
52 Closing time

52 Closing fault

52 Excessive openings

52 Excessive accumulated amperes.

52 Excessive openings in a time window

52 a Status

52 b Status

Trip circuit supervision

74TCS 74TCS Pickup

74TCS Alarm

www.fanox.com Rev.017 99/344


Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Thermal Image

49 49 Alarm

49 Trip

Current Transformer Supervision

74CT Not available 74CT Pickup

74CT Trip

Broken conductor detection

46BC Not available 46 Pickup

46 Trip

Undercurrent

37 Phase A Pickup

37 Phase B Pickup

37 Phase C Pickup

37 Not available 37 Pickup

37 Phase A trip

37 Phase B trip

37 Phase C trip

37 Trip

Trip block for switch disconnector

Phase a Block

Trip Block Not available Phase B Block

Phase C Block

Phase Block

www.fanox.com Rev.017 100/344


Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Logical inputs Logic

Input 52 a 52 a

Input 52 b 52 b

50P Block Input External trip

50N/G Block Input 50BF Init

External Trip Input Fault Init

Fault init Input 50P Block

79 init Input 50N Block

79 Permission Input Reset

79 Lock Input Settings group 1


Logic
Active table 0 input Settings Group 2

Active table 1 input 79 Init

Lock 79 79 Enable

Unlock 79 79 Block

50BF init Input Lock 79

Command voltage Unlock 79

Coil A continuity 74TCS Continuity coil A

Coil B continuity 74TCS Continuity coil B

Logical signal 1

Logical signal 2

www.fanox.com Rev.017 101/344


Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Digital inputs

Input 1 Input 1

Input 2 Input 2

Input 3 Input 3

Inputs Input 4 Input 4

Input 5 Input 5

Input 6 Input 6

Input 7 -

Input 8 -

Physical and logical outputs Outputs

Output 1 Output 1

Output 2 Output 2

Output 3 Output 3

Output 4 Output 4

Output 5 -

79 init -

50BF init -

Fault init -
Outputs
- Leds

ON Led Led 1

Led 1 Led 2

Led 2 Led 3

Led 3 Led 4

Led 4 Led 5

Led 5 Led 6

Led-52

Led-79

www.fanox.com Rev.017 102/344


Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Remote Modbus Remote

There is remote communication. Remote communication

Operation selection Open circuit breaker

Open circuit breaker Close circuit breaker

Close circuit breaker Lock 79


Remote Modbus
Lock 79 Unlock 79

Unlock 79 Local control

Reset 86 Telecontrol

Reset

- Reset TI

Remote IEC60870-5-103

There is remote communication. IEC60870-5-103 communication

Open circuit breaker Open circuit breaker

Close circuit breaker Close circuit breaker

Lock 79 Lock 79
Remote com.
Unlock 79 Unlock 79

Reset 86 Local control

Telecontrol

- Reset

- Reset TI

www.fanox.com Rev.017 103/344


Group Status

Adaptation A Adaptation B

Local Modbus

There is local communication Local communication

HMI Activity HMI Activity

Operation selection Local control

Open circuit breaker Open circuit breaker

Close circuit breaker Close circuit breaker


Local Modbus
Block 79 Lock 79

Unblock 79 Unlock 79

NO telecontrol Local control

Telecontrol YES Telecontrol

Reset 86 Reset

- Reset TI

In conditions 52 and 79, a bit is assigned to each condition of the automaton, so that if the
oscillography must be observed, the evolution of this automaton can be seen.
A brief description of the general statuses is given below:
Trip: The equipment has tripped. This bit is the or of all the trips, of any functions, plus the
external trip input. Should it be required that a function does not generate a trip, this must
be prohibited individually. In the case of the external trip input, it is sufficient to not set it.

The Ready bit agglutinates correct relay operation and has the following logic:

Operation
Ready

Mesaurement error
Protection error
Default settings

This bit is normally assigned to a contact with an NC contact.


Measurement error: The self-diagnosis algorithms have detected a problem in the
measurement block.
Protection error: The self-diagnosis algorithms have detected a problem in the protection
block.
Setting change: This activates when the settings are changed.
Date-time adjustment: This activates when the date-time are synchronised.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 104/344


Local: this is the sum of the "HMI activity" and "Local communication" bits from the "Local
communication" status group
Default settings, the equipment is set to default settings and does not execute the trip.
Eeprom Error: The self-diagnosis algorithms have detected a problem in the eeprom
memory, which contains the settings.
Eeprom change: this activates when the settings or configuration are changed. The
settings change which this indication includes are differentiated from the configuration
change, which are also stored in said memory.
Events error: The self-diagnosis algorithms have detected a corrupt event in the circular
buffer. This bit is reset by deleting the events (from the HMI or by using communications).
HMI Activity: this condition is active if any key has been pressed in the last 15 minutes.
Pressing a key implies that the relay is in local.
NO telecontrol: It is enabled or there is no telecontrol.
Some states have an event associate with them, which is a register of a change made to
the state. There are states that have an activation event associated with them, and other
states have two associated events: activation and reset. These events are registered in a
circular memory (buffer) with a capacity for up to 500 events. The memory timestamp is
accurate to 1 millisecond.
The events can be browsed from the HMI or by using communications. Reading the
events does not mean that they get deleted, they remain stored on the equipment. To
delete the events using the HMI, you have to go to the events menu and press and hold
the "RESET" key until the number of events reads 1, and this event is registered as
"Events deleted". To delete the events using communications, use the corresponding
"delete events" command.
Events have the following structure:

Identifier Unique event identifier: e.g.: 51_1.4 = 51P PICKUP

ON(Activated) /OFF(Deactivated):
Value
an event is generated for Activation and deActivation

Year

Month

Day

Time

Minutes

Seconds

Milliseconds

The following list shows all of the conditions of the equipment and their associated events:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 105/344


Adaptation A

Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement


General

bit-0 01 Trip Trip Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-1 - External Trip Input - - -

Bit-4 - Battery supply Battery supply Activation/Deactivation -

07 50 Hz network
bit-6 50 Hz network frequency Activation/Deactivation -
frequency

bit-15 17 Measurement error Measurement error Activation/Deactivation -

bit-16 17 Ready Ready Activation/Deactivation -

bit-17 18 Protection error Protection error Activation -

bit-18 19 Settings changed Settings changed Activation/Deactivation -

21 Date and time Date and time


bit-20 Activation/Deactivation -
synchronization synchronization

bit-21 22 Local communication Local communication Activation/Deactivation -

bit-22 23 Default settings Default settings Activation/Deactivation -

bit-23 24 EEPROM error EEPROM error - -

bit-27 28 EEPROM changed EEPROM changed Activation -

bit-28 29 Events error Events error

New Oscillography
- 30 New Oscillography record
record

- 32 There are events There are events

- 36 External trip External trip

- 38 Measurement error Measurement error

- 46 Identification Identification

- 47 Active table by input Active table by input

- 48 Erased Events Erased Events

- 49 Neutral pick-up Neutral pick-up

- 50 Phase A pick-up Phase A pick-up

- 51 Phase B pick-up Phase B pick-up

- 52 Phase C pick-up Phase C pick-up

- 53 General pick-up General pick-up

- 54 Phase A trip Phase A trip

www.fanox.com Rev.017 106/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Level 1 phase instant overcurrent

Bit-00 1 50P_1 Phase A pickup 50P_1 Phase A pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase A current

Bit-01 2 50P_1 Phase B pickup 50P_1 Phase B pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase B current

Bit-02 3 50P_1 Phase C pickup 50P_1 Phase C pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase C current

Bit-03 4 50P_1 pickup 50P_1 pickup Activation/Deactivation -


50P_1
Bit-08 5 50P_1 Phase A trip 50P_1 Phase A trip Activation Phase A current

Bit-09 6 50P_1 Phase B trip 50P_1 Phase B trip Activation Phase B current

Bit-10 7 50P_1 Phase C trip 50P_1 Phase C trip Activation Phase C current

Bit-11 8 50P_1 Trip 50P_1 Trip Activation -

Level 2 phase instant overcurrent

Bit-00 1 50P_2 Phase A pickup 50P_2 Phase A pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase A current

Bit-01 2 50P_2 Phase B pickup 50P_2 Phase B pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase B current

Bit-02 3 50P_2 Phase C pickup 50P_2 Phase C pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase C current

Bit-03 4 50P_2 pickup 50P_2 pickup Activation/Deactivation -


50P_2
Bit-08 5 50P_2 Phase A trip 50P_2 Phase A trip Activation Phase A current

Bit-09 6 50P_2 Phase B trip 50P_2 Phase B trip Activation Phase B current

Bit-10 7 50P_2 Phase C trip 50P_2 Phase C trip Activation Phase C current

Bit-11 8 50P_2 Trip 50P_2 Trip Activation -

Phase inverse time overcurrent

Bit-00 01 50/51P Phase A pickup 50/51P Phase A pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase A current

Bit-01 02 50/51P Phase B pickup 50/51P Phase B pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase B current

Bit-02 03 50/51P Phase C pickup 50/51P Phase C pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase C current

Bit-03 04 50/51P pickup 50/51P pickup Activation/Deactivation -


50/51P
Bit-08 05 50/51P A phase trip 50/51P A phase trip Activation Phase A current

Bit-09 06 50/51P B phase trip 50/51P B phase trip Activation Phase B current

Bit-10 07 50/51P C phase trip 50/51P C phase trip Activation Phase C current

Bit-11 08 50/51P Trip 50/51P Trip Activation -

www.fanox.com Rev.017 107/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Level 1 neutral instant overcurrent

Bit-04 01 50N/G_1 pickup 50N/G_1 pickup Activation/Deactivation Neutral current


50N/G_1(*)
Bit-12 02 50N/G_1 Trip 50N/G_1 Trip Activation/Deactivation Neutral current
Level 2 neutral instant overcurrent

Bit-04 01 50N/G_2 pickup 50N/G_2 pickup Activation/Deactivation Neutral current


50N/G_2(*)
Bit-12 02 50N/G_2 Trip 50N/G_2 Trip Activation/Deactivation Neutral current

Neutral inverse time overcurrent

Bit-04 01 50/51N/G pickup 50/51N/G pickup Activation/Deactivation Neutral current


50/51N/G(*)
Bit-12 02 50/51N/G Trip 50/51N/G Trip Activation/Deactivation Neutral current

Cold Load Pickup

CLP Bit-12 02 CLP Activation CLP Activation Activation/Deactivation Phase current

Breaker failure Supervision

Bit-04 01 50BF pickup 50BF pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase current


50BF
Bit-12 02 50BF Trip 50BF Trip Activation/Deactivation Phase current

Recloser

Bit-00 01 79 Standby 79 Standby Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-01 02 79 Reclosing time 79 Reclosing time Activation Auto-reclosing No.

Bit-02 03 79 Open 79 Open Activation Reclose No.

Bit-03 04 79 Hold time 79 Hold time Activation Auto-reclosing No.

79 Bit-04 05 79 Closing time 79 Closing time Activation Auto-reclosing No.

Bit-05 06 79 Reset time. 79 Reset time. Activation Reclose No.

Bit-06 07 79 Lockout 79 Lockout Activation/Deactivation Reclose No.

Bit-07 08 79 Safety time 79 Safety time Activation Reclose No.

Bit-08 09 79 Final opening time 79 Final opening time Activation -

www.fanox.com Rev.017 108/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Circuit Breaker monitoring

Bit-00 01 52 Start 52 Start Deactivation -

Bit-01 02 52 Error 52 Error Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-02 03 52 Open 52 Open Activation/Deactivation Opening Time

Bit-03 04 52 Opening time 52 Opening time Activation -

Bit-04 05 52 Opening fault 52 Opening fault Activation/Deactivation Opening Time

Bit-05 06 52 Closed 52 Closed Activation/Deactivation Closing time

52 Bit-06 07 52 Closing time 52 Closing time Activation -

Bit-07 08 52 Closing fault 52 Closing fault Activation/Deactivation Closing time

Bit-08 09 52 Excessive openings 52 Excessive total openings Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-09 10 52 I2t 52 I2t Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-10 11 52Excessive openings/time 52Excessive openings/time Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-11 12 52 a 52 a Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-12 13 52 b 52 b Activation/Deactivation -

Negative sequence overcurrent

Bit-04 01 46 pickup 46 pickup Activation/Deactivation Negative sequence current


46
Bit-12 02 46 Trip 46 Trip Activation/Deactivation Negative sequence current

Trip circuit supervision

Bit-04 01 74TCS Pickup 74TCS Pickup Activation/Deactivation -


74TCS
Bit-12 02 74TCS Alarm 74TCS Alarm Activation/Deactivation -

Thermal image

Bit-04 01 49 Alarm 49 Alarm Activation/Deactivation Thermal image


49
Bit-12 02 49 Trip 49 Trip Activation/Deactivation Thermal image

www.fanox.com Rev.017 109/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Logical inputs

bit-0 1 Input 52 a Input 52 a Activation/Deactivation -

bit-1 2 Input 52 b Input 52 b Activation/Deactivation -

bit-2 3 50P Block Input 50P Block Input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-3 4 50N/G Block Input 50N/G Block Input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-4 5 External Trip Input External Trip Input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-5 6 Fault init Input Fault init Input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-6 7 79 init Input 79 init Input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-7 8 79 Permission Input 79 Permission Input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-8 9 79 Lock Input 79 Lock Input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-9 10 Active table 0 input Active table 0 input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-10 11 Active table 1 input Active table 1 input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-11 12 Lock 79 Lock 79 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-12 13 Unlock 79 Unlock 79 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-13 14 50BF init Input 50BF init Input Activation/Deactivation -

bit-24 25 Command voltage Command voltage Activation/Deactivation -

bit-25 26 Coil A continuity Coil A continuity Activation/Deactivation -

bit-26 27 Coil B continuity Coil B continuity Activation/Deactivation -

Digital inputs

bit-16 17 Input 1 Input 1 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-17 18 Input 2 Input 2 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-18 19 Input 3 Input 3 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-19 20 Input 4 Input 4 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-20 21 Input 5 Input 5 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-21 22 Input 6 Input 6 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-22 23 Input 7 Input 7 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-23 24 Input 8 Input 8 Activation/Deactivation -

www.fanox.com Rev.017 110/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Outputs

bit-0 1 Output 1 Output 1 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-1 2 Output 2 Output 2 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-2 3 Output 3 Output 3 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-3 4 Output 4 Output 4 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-4 5 Output 5 Output 5 Activation/Deactivation -

bit-5 6 79 Init 79 Init Activation/Deactivation -

bit-6 7 50BF Init 50BF Init Activation/Deactivation -

bit-7 8 Fault Init Fault Init Activation/Deactivation

bit-8 - ON Led - - -

bit-9 - Led -1 - - -

bit-10 - Led -2 - - -

bit-11 - Led -3 - - -

bit-12 - Led -4 - - -

bit-13 - Led -5 - - -

Remote Modbus

bit-0 - Remote communication. - --

bit-16 1 Operation selection Operation selection Activation Command identifier

bit-17 2 Open circuit breaker Open circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

bit-18 3 Close circuit breaker Close circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

bit-19 4 Lock 79 Lock 79 Activation Command identifier

bit-20 5 Unlock 79 Unlock 79 Activation Command identifier

bit-24 9 Reset 86 Reset 86 Activation Command identifier

www.fanox.com Rev.017 111/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

IEC60870-5-103

Bit-00
- Remote communication. - -- -

Bit-17 1 Operation selection Operation selection Activation Command identifier

Bit-18 2 Open circuit breaker Open circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-19 3 Close circuit breaker Close circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-20 4 Lock 79 Lock 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-21 5 Unlock 79 Unlock 79 Activation Command identifier

9 Reset 86 Reset 86 Activation Command identifier

Local communication

Bit-00 - Local communication - - -

Bit-01 - HMI Activity - - -

Bit-17 1 Operation selection Operation selection Activation Command identifier

Bit-18 2 Open circuit breaker Open circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-19 3 Close circuit breaker Close circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-20 4 Block 79 Block 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-21 5 Unblock 79 Unblock 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-22 6 NO telecontrol NO telecontrol Activation Command identifier

Bit-23 7 Telecontrol YES Telecontrol YES Activation Command identifier

bit-24 9 Reset 86 Reset 86 Activation Command identifier

www.fanox.com Rev.017 112/344


Adaptation B

Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement


General

Bit-00 01 Trip Trip -


Activation/Deactivation

Bit-03 07 50 Hz - - -

Bit-04 08 Trip Block enable Trip Block enable Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-05 16 Measurement error Measurement error Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-06 17 Ready Ready Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-07 19 Change of settings Change of settings Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-08 21 Set date/time Set date/time Activation -

Bit-09 22 Local Control Local Control Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-10 23 Factory Settings Factory Settings Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-11 24 Error Eeprom Error Eeprom Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-12 28 Eeprom changed Eeprom changed Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-13 - Events error - - -

Bit-15 15 Reset Reset Activation -

Bit-16 49 Pickup - - -

Bit-17 50 Phase A Pickup - - -

Bit-18 51 Phase B Pickup - - -

Bit-19 52 Phase C Pickup - - -

Bit-20 53 Ground Pickup - - -

Bit-21 54 Phase A Trip - - -

Bit-22 55 Phase B Trip - - -

Bit-23 56 Phase C Trip - - -

- 57 Ground Trip - - -

Bit-25 58 50P Trip - - -

Bit-26 59 50N Trip - - -

- - Phase Trip - - -
Bit-14 30 - Fault report Activation Fault report NO.

- 32 - Events deleted Activation -

- 47 - Active group by input Activation Setting group NO.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 113/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Oscillography

- 1 - IA Activation Phase current

- 2 - IB Activation Phase current

- 3 - IC Activation Phase current

- 4 - IN Activation Neutral current

- 14 - Neutral Tap Activation Function tap

- 15 - Phase Tap Activation Function tap

- 16 -- Reports erased Activation -

Level 1 phase instant overcurrent

Bit-00 1 50P_1 Phase A pickup 50P_1 Phase A pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase A current

Bit-01 2 50P_1 Phase B pickup 50P_1 Phase B pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase B current

Bit-02 3 50P_1 Phase C pickup 50P_1 Phase C pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase C current

Bit-03 4 50P_1 pickup 50P_1 pickup Activation/Deactivation -


50P_1
Bit-08 5 50P_1 Phase A trip 50P_1 Phase A trip Activation Phase A current

Bit-09 6 50P_1 Phase B trip 50P_1 Phase B trip Activation Phase B current

Bit-10 7 50P_1 Phase C trip 50P_1 Phase C trip Activation Phase C current

Bit-11 8 50P_1 Trip 50P_1 Trip Activation -

Level 2 phase instant overcurrent

Bit-00 1 50P_2 Phase A pickup 50P_2 Phase A pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase A current

Bit-01 2 50P_2 Phase B pickup 50P_2 Phase B pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase B current

Bit-02 3 50P_2 Phase C pickup 50P_2 Phase C pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase C current

Bit-03 4 50P_2 pickup 50P_2 pickup Activation/Deactivation -


50P_2
Bit-08 5 50P_2 Phase A trip 50P_2 Phase A trip Activation Phase A current

Bit-09 6 50P_2 Phase B trip 50P_2 Phase B trip Activation Phase B current

Bit-10 7 50P_2 Phase C trip 50P_2 Phase C trip Activation Phase C current

Bit-11 8 50P_2 Trip 50P_2 Trip Activation -

www.fanox.com Rev.017 114/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Phase inverse time overcurrent

Bit-00 01 50/51P Phase A pickup 50/51P Phase A pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase A current

Bit-01 02 50/51P Phase B pickup 50/51P Phase B pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase B current

Bit-02 03 50/51P Phase C pickup 50/51P Phase C pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase C current

Bit-03 04 50/51P pickup 50/51P pickup Activation/Deactivation -


50/51P
Bit-08 05 50/51P A phase trip 50/51P A phase trip Activation Phase A current

Bit-09 06 50/51P B phase trip 50/51P B phase trip Activation Phase B current

Bit-10 07 50/51P C phase trip 50/51P C phase trip Activation Phase C current

Bit-11 08 50/51P Trip 50/51P Trip Activation -


Level 1 neutral instant overcurrent

Bit-04 01 50N/G_1 pickup 50N/G_1 pickup Activation/Deactivation Neutral current


50N/G_1(*)
Bit-12 02 50N/G_1 Trip 50N/G_1 Trip Activation/Deactivation Neutral current

Level 2 neutral instant overcurrent

Bit-04 01 50N/G_2 pickup 50N/G_2 pickup Activation/Deactivation Neutral current


50N/G_2(*)
Bit-12 02 50N/G_2 Trip 50N/G_2 Trip Activation/Deactivation Neutral current

Neutral inverse time overcurrent

Bit-04 01 50/51N/G pickup 50/51N/G pickup Activation/Deactivation Neutral current


50/51N/G(*)
Bit-12 02 50/51N/G Trip 50/51N/G Trip Activation/Deactivation Neutral current

Cold Load Pickup

Bit-00 - CLP Disable - - -

Bit-01 - 52 Close - - -

Bit-02 - 52 Open - - -

CLP Bit-03 - 52 definitive Open - - -

Bit-04 - Close Cold Load - - -

Bit-05 - Open Cold Load - - -

Bit-12 02 Cold Load pickup Cold load Pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase current

www.fanox.com Rev.017 115/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Breaker failure Supervision

Bit-04 01 50BF pickup 50BF pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase current


50BF
Bit-12 02 50BF Trip 50BF Trip Activation/Deactivation Phase current

Recloser

Bit-00 01 79 Standby 79 Standby Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-01 02 79 Reclosing time 79 Reclosing time Activation Auto-reclosing No.

Bit-02 03 79 Open 79 Open Activation Reclose No.

Bit-03 04 79 Hold time 79 Hold time Activation Auto-reclosing No.

Bit-04 05 79 Closing time 79 Closing time Activation Auto-reclosing No.


79
Bit-05 06 79 Reset time. 79 Reset time. Activation Reclose No.

Bit-06 07 79 Lockout 79 Lockout Activation/Deactivation Reclose No.

Bit-07 08 79 Safety time 79 Safety time Activation Reclose No.

Bit-08 09 79 Final opening time 79 Final opening time Activation -

Bit-09 - 79 Enabled - - -

Circuit Breaker monitoring

Bit-00 01 52 Start 52 Start Deactivation -

Bit-01 02 52 Error 52 Error Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-02 03 52 Open 52 Open Activation/Deactivation Opening Time

Bit-03 04 52 Opening time 52 Opening time Activation -

Bit-04 05 52 Opening fault 52 Opening fault Activation/Deactivation Opening Time

Bit-05 06 52 Closed 52 Closed Activation/Deactivation Closing time

Bit-06 07 52 Closing time 52 Closing time Activation -


52
Bit-07 08 52 Closing fault 52 Closing fault Activation/Deactivation Closing time

Bit-08 09 52 Excessive total


52 Excessive total openings Activation/Deactivation -
openings
Bit-09 10 52 Excessive accumulated 52 Excessive accumulated
Activation/Deactivation -
amperes (I2t). amperes (I2t).

Bit-10 11 52 Excessive openings in a 52 Excessive openings in a


Activation/Deactivation -
time window time window
Bit-11 12 52 a 52 a Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-12 13 52 b 52 b Activation/Deactivation -

www.fanox.com Rev.017 116/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Negative sequence overcurrent

Negative sequence
Bit-04 01 46 pickup 46 pickup Activation/Deactivation
current
46
Negative sequence
Bit-12 02 46 Trip 46 Trip Activation/Deactivation
current

Trip circuit supervision

Bit-04 01 74TCS Pickup 74TCS Pickup Activation/Deactivation -


74TCS
Bit-12 02 74TCS Alarm 74TCS Alarm Activation/Deactivation -

Thermal image

Bit-04 01 49 Alarm 49 Alarm Activation/Deactivation Thermal image


49
Bit-12 02 49 Trip 49 Trip Activation/Deactivation Thermal image

Current transformer supervision

Bit-04 01 74CT Pickup 74CT Pickup Activation/Deactivation -


74CT
Bit-12 02 74CT Alarm 74CT Alarm Activation/Deactivation -

Broken conductor detection

Bit-04 01 46BC pickup 46BC pickup Activation/Deactivation I2/I1


46BC
Bit-12 02 46BC Trip 46BC Trip Activation/Deactivation I2/I1

Undercurrent protection
Bit-00 01 37 Phase A pickup 37 Phase A pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase A current

Bit-01 02 37Phase B pickup 37Phase B pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase B current

Bit-02 03 37 Phase C pickup 37 Phase C pickup Activation/Deactivation Phase C current

Bit-03 04 37 pickup 37 pickup Activation/Deactivation -


37
Bit-08 05 37 Phase A trip 37 Phase A trip Activation Phase A current

Bit-09 06 37 Phase B trip 37 Phase B trip Activation Phase B current

Bit-10 07 37 Phase C trip 37 Phase C trip Activation Phase C current

Bit-11 08 37 Trip 37 Trip Activation -

Trip Block for switch disconnector

Bit-00 01 Phase A Block Phase A Block Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-01 02 Phase B block Phase B block Activation/Deactivation -


Trip Block
Bit-02 03 Phase C block Phase C block Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-03 04 Phase Block Phase Block Activation/Deactivation

www.fanox.com Rev.017 117/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Inputs

Bit-00 17 Input 1 Input 1 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-01 18 Input 2 Input 2 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-02 19 Input 3 Input 3 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-03 20 Input 4 Input 4 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-04 21 Input 5 Input 5 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-05 22 Input 6 Input 6 Activation/Deactivation -

Outputs

Bit-08 01 Output 1 Output 1 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-09 02 Output 2 Output 2 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-10 03 Output 3 Output 3 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-11 04 Output 4 Output 4 Activation/Deactivation -

Logic

Bit-13 18 52 a 52 a Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-14 19 52 b 52 b Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-15 22 External trip External trip Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-16 07 50BF Init 50BF Init Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-17 08 Fault Init Fault Init Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-18 20 50P Block 50P Block Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-19 21 50N Block 50N Block Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-20 23 Reset Reset Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-21 24 Settings group 1 Settings group 1 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-22 25 Settings Group 2 Settings Group 2 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-23 06 79 Init 79 Init Activation/Deactivation -


Bit-24 17 79 Enable 79 Enable Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-25 27 79 Block 79 Block Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-26 28 Lock 79 Lock 79 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-27 29 Unlock 79 Unlock 79 Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-28 30 74TCS Continuity A 74TCS Continuity A Activation/Deactivation -

Bit-29 31 74TCS Continuity B 74TCS Continuity B Activation/Deactivation -


Bit-30 - Logical signal 1 - - -

Bit 31 - Logical signal 2 - - -

www.fanox.com Rev.017 118/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement
Remote Modbus
Bit-00 - Remote communication - - --

Bit-17 02 Open circuit breaker Open circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-18 03 Close circuit breaker Close circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-19 04 Lock 79 Lock 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-20 05 Unlock 79 Unlock 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-21 06 Local control Local control Activation Command identifier

Bit-22 07 Telecontrol Telecontrol Activation Command identifier

Bit-23 09 Reset Reset Activation Command identifier

Bit-25 08 Reset TI Reset TI Activation Command identifier

IEC60870-5-103

Bit-00 IEC60870-5-103
- Communication - -- -

Bit-17 02 Open circuit breaker Open circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-18 03 Close circuit breaker Close circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-19 04 Lock 79 Lock 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-20 05 Unlock 79 Unlock 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-21 06 Local control Local control Activation Command identifier

Bit-22 07 Telecontrol Telecontrol Activation Command identifier

Bit-23 09 Reset Reset Activation Command identifier

Bit-25 08 Reset TI Reset TI Activation Command identifier

www.fanox.com Rev.017 119/344


Group Bit Event Status Event Cause Measurement

Local communication

Bit-00 - Local COM. - - -

Bit-01 - HMI Activity - - -

Bit-17 02 Open circuit breaker Open circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-18 03 Close circuit breaker Close circuit breaker Activation Command identifier

Bit-19 04 Lock 79 Lock 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-20 05 Unlock 79 Unlock 79 Activation Command identifier

Bit-21 06 Local control Local control Activation Command identifier

Bit-22 07 Telecontrol Telecontrol Activation Command identifier

Bit-23 09 Reset Reset Activation Command identifier

Bit-25 08 Reset TI Reset TI Activation Command identifier

NOTE: LPCT model50N/G, 50/51N: calculated neutral; Standard model50N/G,


50/51N/G: measured neutral

5.4. Fault reports


A fault report is a record of specific events in the period of time when a fault occurs. On
the one hand, an oscillography record is very extensive information, but only short
regarding time for a significant number of faults. Also, event recording can be filled with
general events, which provide no information of a fault (tables change, local pulsing, etc.)
whereby it could be filled with general information, losing any fault information. Therefore,
having a specific events record for the fault period is of significant help to resolve an
incident.
This record has a 20 fault capacity, and each fault can store 80 events in adaptation A and
24 events in adapatation B. At any moment, the information of the twenty most recent fault
reports is available. Each new fault report generated is stored on the oldest, is lost,
therefore, the information of this one.The fault report is time limited by means of a fault
Pickup and a fault end, and these must be clearly established.
Twenty fault reports are generated and they are registered in non-volatile FRAM memory.
From the HMI, by pressing key or by navigating through the menus (this second way
available only in adaptation B), you will gain access to fault reports. The information
displayed is as follows:
Date-time at which the fault started.
List of all events occurred in the equipment during the fault
The fault Pickup is the same as that of the oscillography, i.e. an oscillography shall always
be associated to the fault report. The fault end shall depend on whether the recloser is
active. If the recloser is prohibited, when all Pickup ups disappear it is understood that the
fault has disappeared (this includes the circuit breaker fault). With the recloser permitted,
the fault end is given by the final condition of the recloser, regardless of whether it has
been successful or it has become blocked. As a general rule, the following logic shall
provide the fault end:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 120/344


5.5. Real-Time Clock (RTC)
For events, oscillographies and alarms the protection equipment required a clock for date
and time stamping. This clock must keep the date and time even with no power supply, for
up to 72 hours (With the capacity charged beforehand).
If there is an events queue, and the clock is synchronised with a date and time prior to the
last stored event, the relay does not reorder the queue, but rather it stores the new events
after the events already in the queue.
This clock can be synchronised with another clock in various ways:
From the HMI. In this case the date and time can be entered using a keyboard. The
relay will save a new event indicating that it has been synchronised.
By protocol. There are two options in this case:
o Local protocol. The performance is identical to the HMI, the relay synchronises
the date and time and executes a new synchronisation event.
o Remote protocols. These protocols can include continuous synchronisation
sections. For this reason, the execution of synchronisation events is
inappropriate.

5.6. Oscillography
Adaptation A
The SIL-A relay stores 2 oscillographic records, with a resolution of 16 samples/cycle and
a size of 50 cycles. The first three of these cycles correspond to pre-fault.
The oscillography is downloaded by communications through the front or rear port using
the Modbus protocol (the protocol is documented in this manual). The SICom
communications program allows the oscillograph to be downloaded and saved in
COMTRADE format (IEEE C37.111-1991).
The following information is included in each oscillographic record:

Number Analog channels

1 Phase A current

2 Phase B current

3 Phase C current

4 Neutral current

This current is already in primary amps.


As well as the analogue magnitudes, the relay saves 80 digital records, with the same
precision as 16 cycle samples. These 80 bits shall contain the following:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 121/344


No. Digital channels No. Digital channels No. Digital channels

1 50P_1 Phase A Pickup 31 52 Open 61 Active table 1 input


2 50P_1 Phase B Pickup 32 52 Opening fault 62 Active table 2 input
3 50P_1 Phase C Pickup 33 52 Closed 63 Block 79

4 50P_1 Phase A trip 34 General trip 64 Unblock 79


5 50P_1 Phase B trip 35 79 Standby 65 50BF Init Input
6 50P_1 Phase C trip 36 79 Reclosing time 66 Output 1
7 50P_2 Phase A Pickup 37 79 Open 67 Output 2
8 50P_2 Phase B Pickup 38 79 Hold time 68 Output 3
9 50P_2 Phase C Pickup 39 79 Closing time 69 Output 4
10 50P_2 Phase A trip 40 79 Reset time. 70 Output 5

11 50P_2 Phase B trip 42 79 Lockout 71 79 Init


12 50P_2 Phase C trip 42 79 Safety time 72 50BF Init
13 50/51P Phase A Pickup 43 79 Final opening time 73 49 Alarm
14 50/51P Phase B Pickup 44 Input 1 74 49 Trip
15 50/51P Phase C Pickup 45 Input 2
16 50/51P Phase A trip 46 Input 3
17 50/51P Phase B trip 47 Input 4

18 50/51P Phase C trip 48 Input 5


19 50N/G_1 Pickup 49 Input 6
20 50N/G_1 Trip 50 Input 7
21 50N/G_2 Pickup 51 Input 8
22 50N/G_2 Trip 52 Input 52 a

23 50/51N/G Pickup 53 Input 52b


24 50/51N/G Trip 54 50P input block

25 46 Pickup 55 50N/G input block


26 46 Trip 56 External Trip Input

27 50BF Pickup 57 Fault init Input

28 50BF Trip 58 79 Init Input


29 CLP enabled 59 79 Permission Input
30 52 Error 60 79 Block Input

www.fanox.com Rev.017 122/344


The following additional information is included in the COMTRADE header file (*.hdr):
date-time of the oscillograph, oscillograph number, relay identification and a list of all the
events that occurred in the equipment while the oscillograph was being generated.
Shown below is the format of a COMTRADE header file, generated by the SICom
program:

*******.HDR COMTRADE ******************************************


Prefault cycles = 3
Total cycles = 50
Analogue channels = 4
Digital channels = 80

Oscillograph: 41458
Date/Time: 2008/10/15 11:29:11:85

Fault row = 15

***************************************************************

Oscillograph Events:
***************************************************************

Indicator Value Measurement1 Measurement2 Date Time


Oscillo 1 0 0 2008/10/15 11:29:11:90
Start
Oscillo 0 0 0 2008/10/15 11:29:11:400
Start

An oscillography is started when the "fault init" state is activated; this is a configurable
logical signal. The default configuration is as follows:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 123/344


It is possible to visualize the oscillography using SICom software

Using SICom software, it is possible to save the oscillo as a COMTRADE file

www.fanox.com Rev.017 124/344


Adaptation B
The SIL-A relay stores 5 oscillographic records, with a resolution of 16 samples/cycle and
a size of 100 cycles. The first three of these cycles correspond to pre-fault.
The oscillography is downloaded by communications through the front or rear port using
the Modbus protocol (the protocol is documented in this manual). The SICom
communications program allows the oscillograph to be downloaded and saved in
COMTRADE format (IEEE C37.111-1991).
The following information is included in each oscillographic record:

Number Analog channels

1 Phase A current

2 Phase B current

3 Phase C current

4 Neutral current

This current is already in primary amps.


As well as the analogue magnitudes, the relay saves 48 digital records, with the same
precision as 16 cycle samples. These 48 bits shall contain the following:

No. Digital channels No. Digital channels No. Digital channels

1 50P_1 Trip 18 50P_2 Phase B Pickup 34 Input 6

2 50P_2 Trip 19 50P_2 Phase C Pickup 35 Output 1


3 51P Trip 20 50/51P Phase A Pickup 36 Output 2
4 50N_1 Trip 21 50/51P Phase B Pickup 37 Output 3
5 50N_2 Trip 22 50/51P Phase C Pickup 38 Output 4
6 51N Trip 50N/G_1 Pickup 39 CLP
7 46 Trip 23 50N/G_2 Pickup 40 74TCS Alarm
8 49 Trip 24 51N/G Pickup 41 74CT Alarm

9 46BC Trip 25 46 Pickup 42 52 Open


10 37 Trip 26 49 Alarm 43 52 Close
11 External Trip 27 50BF Pickup 44 79 Standby
12 General trip 28 46BC Pickup 45 79 Lockout
13 Phase Block 29 Input 1 46 49 Alarm
14 50P_1 Phase A Pickup 30 Input 2 47 49 Trip
15 50P_1 Phase B Pickup 31 Input 3 48 79 Reclosing time
16 50P_1 Phase C Pickup 32 Input 4
17 50P_2 Phase A Pickup 33 Input 5

www.fanox.com Rev.017 125/344


The following additional information is included in the COMTRADE header file (*.hdr):
date-time of the oscillograph, oscillograph number, relay identification and a list of all the
events that occurred in the equipment while the oscillograph was being generated.
Shown below is the format of a COMTRADE header file, generated by the SICom
program:

******************** .HDR COMTRADE ****************************

***************************************************************

Cycles pre-fault = 3
Total cycles = 100
Analog channels = 4
Digital channels = 48
Oscillo = 1
Date/Time = 12/5/2014 - 09:52:18.570

****************************************************************

An oscillography is started when the "fault init" state is activated; this is a configurable
logical signal. The default configuration is as follows:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 126/344


It is possible to visualize the oscillography using SICom software

Using SICom software, it is possible to save the oscillo as a COMTRADE file

www.fanox.com Rev.017 127/344


5.7. Configurable Inputs
The SIL-A has 8 digital inputs in adaptation A and 6 digital inputs in adaptation B that can
be set by the user. These inputs can be configured from the HMI, or by using the SICom
program.
The inputs are configured by associating the logical inputs with the physical input that they
require, or else no association is made if that logical input is not in use. Therefore, a single
physical input can be associated with more than one logical input.
The default input configuration is shown below:

Logic In1 In2 In3 In4 In5 In6 In7 In8

Not configured

52 a

52 b X

External trip

50P block

50N/G block

Fault init Input

79 Pickup Input

79 Permission

Level 79 Lock

Pulse 79 Lock

Pulse 79 unlock

50BF Pickup Input

Table 1

Table 2

Reset

Continuity A

Continuity B

Logical signal 1

Logical signal 2

www.fanox.com Rev.017 128/344


5.8. Configurable Outputs
SIL-A is fitted 5 digital inputs in adaptation A and 4 digtal outputs in adaptation B. The
outputs can be configured from the HMI or through the SICom program.
The configuration of the outputs is described in point 5.9 Programmable Logic Control

5.9. Programmable Logic Control


Firstly, it is defined the concept of physical input, physical output and logical signal.
Physical inputs are the real inputs of the device. SIL-A device has physical inputs (8 in
adaptation A and 6 in adaptation B). These inputs are translated to internal binary states
which later, can be assigned to logical signal to get a specific operation.
Physical outputs are the real outputs of the Device. SIL-A has up to 5 outputs and up to 8
configurable leds, which receive the same treatment as the physical outputs, some
working on output relays and others working on led diodes.

ADAPTATION A

Any available state may be assigned to an output. Up to 16 different states may be


assigned to a single output basing on the following logic (SILA/):

LED 1

LED 2

LED 3

LED 4

LEDs LED 5

LED 6

LED 52 (NOT CONFIGURABLE)

LED 79 (NOT CONFIGURABLE)

Output 1

Output 2

PHYSICAL OUTPUTS Output 3

Output 4

Output 5

Input 52 a

LOGICAL INPUTS Input 52 b

External Trip

www.fanox.com Rev.017 129/344


50P block

50N/G block

Fault init

79 Init Input

79 Permission

Level 79 Lock

Pulse 79 lock

Pulse 79 unlock

50BF Init Input

Table 1

Table 2

79 Init

Logical Outputs 50BF Init

Fault Init

All the outputs (Leds, physical outputs and logical signals) are the result of a
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROL which can be configured from HMI or from SICom
software.
For each output there is a LOGICAL GATE. It can perform a logical operation up to 16
binary states to obtain other binary result.

In V1of the PLC the LOGICAL GATES that are supported by SIL-A (adaptation A) are:

LOGICAL GATE HMI SYMBOL


OR
NOR
OR_LACTH

NOR_LACTH

www.fanox.com Rev.017 130/344


By default, configuration is:

LOGICAL
OUTPUT BINARY STATES
GATE

LED 1 OR16_PULSES Ready

50P1 Trip
LED 2 OR_4 LATCH 50P2 Trip
51P Trip

50N1 Trip
LEDs LED 3 OR16_LACTH 50N2 Trip
51N Trip

LED 4 OR16_LACTH 50BF Trip

LED 5 OR16_LACTH 46 Trip

LED 6 OR16_LACTH 74TCS Alarm

Output 1 OR16 Ready

Output 2 Not configured -

Output 3 OR16 50BF Trip

General trip
PHYSICAL Local open breaker
OUTPUTS Output 4 OR16
Remote modbus open breaker
60870-5-103 open breaker

79 Close time
Local close breaker
Output 5 OR16
Remote modbus close breaker
60870-5-103 close breaker

50P Trip
51P Trip
50N Trip
79 init OR16
51N Trip
46 Trip
79 Pickup input
LOGICAL
50BF Pickup Input
OUTPUTS
HMI / Local Modbus opening
50BF Init OR16 ModBus opening
Remote opening
General trip

Fault init OR16

www.fanox.com Rev.017 131/344


Input 52 a Not configured -

Input 52 b OR16 Input-1

External Trip Not configured -

50P block Not configured -

50N/G block Not configured -

Fault init Not configured -

-
79 Init Input Not configured
LOGICAL
-
SIGNALS 79 Permission No configured

-
Level 79 Lock Not configured

-
Pulse 79 lock Not configured

-
Pulse 79 unlock Not configured

-
50BF Init Input Not configured

-
Table 1 Not configured

-
Table 2 Not configured

www.fanox.com Rev.017 132/344


ADAPTATION B

Logical signals are internal binary states result of the Programmable Logic Control. The
logical signal has a specific and defined meaning to be used by the rest functions of the
Device.

LED 1

LED 2

LED 3

LED 4

LEDs LED 5

LED 6

LED 52

LED 79

Output 1

Output 2
PHYSICAL OUTPUTS
Output 3

Output 4

52a

52b

External Trip

50BF start

Fault start

50P block

50N/G block
LOGICAL SIGNALS
Reset

Settings group 1

Settings group 2

Continuity A

Continuity B

Logical signal 1

Logical signal 2

www.fanox.com Rev.017 133/344


All the outputs (Leds, physical outputs and logical signals) are the result of a
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROL which can be configured from HMI or from SICom
software.
For each output there is a LOGICAL GATE. It can perform a logical operation up to 4
binary states to obtain other binary result.

In V3 of the PLC the LOGICAL GATES that are supported by SIL-A (adaptation B) are:

LOGICAL GATE HMI SYMBOL


OR4 +
NOR4
OR4_LACTH c
NOR4_LACTH
OR4_PULSES J
AND4 &
NAND4
AND4_PULSES $
OR_TIMER_UP O
NOR_TIMER_UP P
AND_TIMER_UP Q
NAND_TIMER_UP R
OR_PULSE o
NOR_PULSE p
AND_PULSE q
NAND_PULSE r

www.fanox.com Rev.017 134/344


By default, outputs configuration is:

LOGICAL
OUTPUT BINARY STATES
GATE

LED 1 OR4_PULSES Ready

50P1 Trip
LED 2 OR4_LATCH 50P2 Trip
51P Trip

50N1 Trip
LED 3 OR4_LACTH 50N2 Trip
51N Trip
LEDs
LED 4 OR4_LACTH 50BF Trip

LED 5 OR4_LACTH 46 Trip

LED 6 OR4_LACTH 74TCS Alarm

LED 52 OR4 52 Closed

LED 79 OR4 79 Standby

Output 1 OR4 Ready

79 Close time
Local close breaker
Output 2 OR4
Remote modbus close breaker
PHYSICAL 60870-5-103 close breaker
OUTPUTS
Output 3 OR4 50BF Trip

OR4 General trip


Local open breaker
Output 4
Remote modbus open breaker
60870-5-103 open breaker

www.fanox.com Rev.017 135/344


52a No configured -

52b OR4 Input-1

External Trip No configured -

50BF start OR4 General trip

Fault startl OR4 General trip

50P block Not configured -

-
50G block Not configured

Local reset
OR4_PULSE
Reset Remote modbus reset
IEC60870-5-103 reset
-
Settings group 1 Not configured

-
LOGICAL Settings group 2 Not configured
SIGNALS
General trip
79 Init OR4

-
79 Enable Not configured

-
79 Block Not configured

-
Lock 79 Not configured

-
Unlock 79 Not configured

-
Continuity A Not configured

-
Continuity B Not configured

-
Logical signal 1 Not configured

-
Logical signal 2 Not configured

www.fanox.com Rev.017 136/344


We are going to use configuration by default as an example:

LOGICAL BINARY
OUTPUT DESCRIPTIONS
GATE STATES
Led On blinks when internal signal READY of
general state of the device is activated, this
LED 1 OR4_PULSES Ready
indicates that the device is working correctly
without any failures.

Led alarm will activate when internal signal


READY of general state of the device is
LED 2 NOR4 Ready
deactivated, this indicates some failure has
occurred.

Led trip will activate when internal signal


GENERAL TRIP of general state of the device is
LED 3 OR4_LACTH General Trip activated, this indicates that some protection
function has tripped. This led will continue
activated until the reset of the leds is made.

Local opening Trip output will activate when there is a general


Output 1 OR4 trip or when 52 opening command is carried out,
General trip from local communications or from HMI.

Output 2 will be activated when 52 closing


Output 2 OR4 Local closing command is carried out from local communications
or from HMI.

When physical input 2 is activated, 52a logical


52b OR4 Input-2 output will be activated, and it will used to
determine the breaker state.

When physical input 1 is activated external trip


logical output will be activated, and it will be used
External trip OR4 Input-1
to generate a general trip by general protection
function.

When a general trip has occurred or when 52a


Local opening opening command is carried out from local
50BF Init OR4 Remote opening communications start 50BF logical output will be
General trip activated and it will be used to initiate the
detection of breaker failure by 50BF function.

When general trip is activated, fault start logical


Fault Init OR4_LACTH General trip output will be activated and it will generate a new
fault register.

5.10. 86 Function. Trip Output Lockout


When the trip output is configured like OR_LACTH the programmable logic allows this
output to block.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 137/344


5.11. Self-diagnosis
Diagnostic algorithms are run while the equipment is being picked up and continuously
when the relay is operating. This diagnostic is a preventative process to guarantee that the
equipment is in good operational condition.

The following general considerations are applicable:

Communications between different CPUs are confirmed by the corresponding integrity


checks. In the case of continuous faults, the equipment shall be re-picked up.
The settings details are confirmed with the corresponding checks. Also, the settings
tables are folded and the relay can operate with one table damaged but not with two
damaged.
There is a WatchDog mechanism between the different main CPUs, as well as on the
CPUs themselves. Loss of activity on any of these will result in the resetting of the
equipment, and this will be recorded as an event.

The following status bits are associated with this process:

Measurement error Problem in the measurement block

Protection error Problem in the protection block

Eeprom Error Problem in the eeprom memory, a table is corrupt.

Event error Problem in the events recording

On the other hand, a default settings error indicates that the relay is operating with default
settings, whereby it will not trip (check that the relay alarm is activated with default
settings).

www.fanox.com Rev.017 138/344


5.12. Commands
Adaptation A

Remote com:
Modbus
Local Com.
HMI IEC 60870-5-103
ModBus
IEC61850
DNP 3.0

52 open

52 close

Lock 79

Unlock 79

Telecontrol YES -

NO telecontrol -

Reset 86

Adaptation B

Remote com:
Modbus
Local Com.
HMI IEC 60870-5-103
ModBus
IEC61850
DNP 3.0

52 open

52 close

Pulse Lock 79

Pulse Unlock 79

Local control -

Telecontrol -

Reset

Reset TI

To carry out commands from the remote communications (ModBus, IEC60870-5-103,


IEC61850 or DNP 3.0 depending on model) the equipment must be in TELECONTROL
mode.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 139/344


Operations can be performed from the HMI or from local communications (ModBus),
regardless of whether or not the equipment is in telecontrol.

5.13. Telecontrol
The equipment can only be set to telecontrol or local control from the HMI or through
communications software (SICOM).
If telecontrol is used, it is recommended to configure a led to display when telecontrol is
permitted and when it is not.

5.14. Date-time synchronisation


The equipment can be synchronised from the HMI or by using communications.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 140/344


5.15. Test program
The SIL-A relay is equipped with a test menu from where the led and outputs operation
can be checked. The following table shows the components that can be tested, along with
their status depending on whether they are activated or deactivated:

Deactivated ON led deactivated


ON Led
Activated ON led activated

Deactivated Led-1 deactivated


led-1
Activated Led-1 activated

Deactivated Led-2 deactivated


led-2
Activated Led-2 activated

Deactivated Led-3 deactivated


led-3
Activated Led-3 activated

Deactivated Led-4 deactivated


led-4
Activated Led-4 activated

Deactivated Led-5 deactivated


led-5
Activated Led-5 activated

Deactivated Led-79 deactivated


led-79
Activated Led-79 activated

Deactivated Led-52 deactivated


led-52
Activated Led-52 activated

Deactivated Output deactivated


Output 1
Activated Output activated

Deactivated Output deactivated


Output 2
Activated Output activated

Deactivated Output deactivated


Output 3
Activated Output activated

Deactivated Output deactivated


Output 4
Activated Output activated

Deactivated Output deactivated


Output 5
Activated Output activated

NOTE: Adaptation B offers 4 outputs only instead of 5

www.fanox.com Rev.017 141/344


The following key sequence is used to gain access to the test menu: from the main menu,
press the keys , , and in sequence and then press and hold the "OK" key until
the "Test menu" appears on the display. The test menu is accessed by pressing the "OK"
key again, and the and keys can be used to navigate through the different menu
items. Each item can be activated or deactivated by pressing "OK" on it (if the item is
deactivated, it is activated by pressing OK; if the item is activated, it is deactivated by
pressing OK). Press the C key to exit the test menu.
The inputs check can be seen in the conditions menu.
To obtain more detailed information, the method for navigating the menus is explained
graphically in the keypad and display section.

5.16. Power supply


The equipment power consumption is less than 4 watts.
The supply guarantees between 20% of the auxiliary voltage. Outside this range the relay
could operate, but this is not guaranteed.
In cases of 110Vac/230Vac, 20% of the established values (110 or 230) are guaranteed,
i.e. at 150Vac, the equipment could operate bit this is not guaranteed.
Supply from the front is designed for fine tuning, or situations where the auxiliary voltage is
not guaranteed. In these cases, complete relay operation is not guaranteed, particularly
regarding outputs.

5.17. Thermal load of the current circuits


The SIlAXX models are prepared for LPCT transformers. This implies that the
measurement inputs do not have rated currents /1 /5, but rather 22.5 mvolts, for the rated
current of the switchgear.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 142/344


6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
6.1. Technical Specifications
SIL-A Adaptation A SIL-A Adaptation B

Function permission: yes/no

Operating range: 0.10 to 30 xIn (step 0.01)

Operating time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

Activation level 100%


50P(2)
Deactivation level 95%

Instantaneous deactivation

Timing accuracy: 30 ms or 0.5% (greater of both)

Function permission: yes/no

Operating range: 0.10 to 30 xIn (step 0.01)

Operating time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

(1) Activation level 100%


50N/G(2)
Deactivation level 95%

Instantaneous deactivation

Timing accuracy: 30 ms or 0.5% (greater of both)

Function permission: yes/no

Operating range: 0.10 to 7 xIn (step 0.01)

Curves IEC 60255-151 and ANSI

Operating time: IEC Inverse curve, IEC very inverse


Operating time: Inverse curve, very inverse curve, curve,IEC extremely inverse curve IEC long time
extremely inverse curve. inverse, ANSI Inverse curve, ANSI very inverse curve,
ANSI extremely inverse curve.

Defined time : 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

50/51P Dial: 0.05 to 2.20 (step 0.01) Dial: 0.02 to 2.20 (step 0.01)

Curve, activation level 110%

Curve, deactivation level 100%

Defined time, activation level 100%

Defined time, deactivation level 95%

Instantaneous deactivation

Timer accuracy: 5% or 30 ms (whichever is greater)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 143/344


Function permission: yes/no

Operating range: 0.10 to 7 xIn (step 0.01)

Curves IEC 60255-151 and ANSI

Operating time: Inverse curve, very inverse curve, Operating time: IEC Inverse curve, IEC very inverse
extremely inverse curve. curve,IEC extremely inverse curve IEC long time
inverse, ANSI Inverse curve, ANSI very inverse curve,
ANSI extremely inverse curve.

Defined time : 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)


(1)
50/51N/G Dial: 0.05 to 2.20 (step 0.01) Dial: 0.02 to 2.20 (step 0.01)

Curve, activation level 110%

Curve, deactivation level 100%

Defined time, activation level 100%

Defined time, deactivation level 95%

Instantaneous deactivation

Timer accuracy: 5% or 30 ms (whichever is greater)

Function permission: yes/no Function permission: yes/no

Operating range: 0.10 to 1.00 xIn (step 0.01) Operating range: 0.10 to 7.00 xIn (step 0.01)

Operating time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) Curves IEC 60255-151 and ANSI

Operating time: IEC Inverse curve, IEC very inverse


curve,IEC extremely inverse curve IEC long time
Activation level: 100% inverse, ANSI Inverse curve, ANSI very inverse curve,
ANSI extremely inverse curve.
Defined time : 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

46 Deactivation level 95% Dial: 0.02 to 2.20 (step 0.01)

Instantaneous deactivation Curve, activation level 110%

Timing accuracy: 30 ms or 0.5% (greater of both) Curve, deactivation level 100%

Defined time, activation level 100%

Defined time, deactivation level 95%

Instantaneous deactivation

Timer accuracy: 5% or 30 ms (whichever is greater)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 144/344


Circuit breaker status: Pickup, open, closed, error, opening time, opening fault, closing time and closing fault.

Input 52a and/or input 52b

Open and close command

Circuit breaker Alarm for maximum opening number: 1 to 10000


monitoring
Alarm for accumulated amps: 0 to 100000 (M(A))

Maximum repeated openings: 1 to 10000

Time of maximum repeated openings: 1 to 300 min

Function permission: yes/no

Opening fault time: 0.02 to 1.00 s (step 0.01 s)

Open circuit breaker activation threshold: 8% In


50BF
Open circuit breaker reset threshold: 10% In

Function Pickup configurable: Equipment trip, activation of the opening fault input, circuit breaker open control
activation.

Function Permission: yes/no

Hold permission: yes/no

Number of reclosings: 1 to 5

Reclosing time 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 : 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)


79 Hold time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

Locking possibilities: pulse inputs, level inputs, commands.

Replacement time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

Definitive opening time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

Function permission: yes/no Function permission: yes/no

Operating time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) Operating time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

74TCS Control voltage presence: -40%


Trip continuity, in circuits A and B
Trip continuity, in circuits A and B

Specific inputs Configurable inputs

www.fanox.com Rev.017 145/344


Function permission: Yes/no Permission: yes/no

50P_1 Multiplier range: 1 to 5 Settings group: 1 to 4 (step 1)

50P_2 Multiplier range: 1 to 5 No load Time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

50N/G_1 Multiplier range: 1 to 5 Cold load Time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

50N/G_2 Multiplier range: 1 to 5 CLP activation threshold: 8% In

CLP 50/51N/G Multiplier range: 1 to 5 CLP reset threshold: 10% In

50/51P Multiplier range: 1 to 5

CLP pass time: 1 to 18000 s (step 1 s)

CLP duration: 1 to 18000 s (step 1 s)

CLP activation threshold: 8% In

CLP reset threshold: 10% In

PLC OR4, NOR4, OR4_LATCH, NOR4_LATCH, OR4_PULSES,


AND4_LATCH, NAND4_LATCH, AND4_PULSES,
OR16, OR16_LATCH, NOR16, NOR16_LATCH
OR4_TIMER, NOR4_TIMER_UP, AND4_TIMER_UP,
NAND4_TIMER_UP

86 Allows to latch (lock out) the contact trip due to programmable logic (PLC: LATCH).

49T Available through configurable inputs thanks to the programmable logic

Function permission: yes/no


49 (*)
Operating range: 0.1 to 2.4 xIn (step 0.01)

heating: 3 to 600 min (step 1 min)

cooling: 1 to 6 heating (step 1)

Alarm: 20 to 99 % (step 1%)

Trip level: 100%

Deactivation level: 95% of alarm level

Trip time accuracy: 5% over the theoretical value

Trip time curves are valid under 20 times the adjusted tap. With currents higher than 20 times the adjusted tap, trip
time and thermal image value are truncated to 20 times the adjusted tap.

74CT (*) Function permission: yes/no

Not available Operating time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

Timing accuracy: 30 ms or 0.5% (greater of both)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 146/344


37 (*) Function permission : yes/no

Operating range: 0.10 to 30 xIn (step 0.01)

Operating time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

Not available Activation level: 100%

Deactivation level: 105%

Instantaneous reset

Timing accuracy: 30 ms or 0.5% (greater of both)

46BC (*) Function permission : yes/no

Current tap: 15 to 100 %(step 1%)


Not available
Operating time: 0.02 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)

Timing accuracy: 30 ms or 0.5% (greater of both)

Trip Block (*) Blocking: Yes/no


Not available
Blocking limit: 1.5 to 20 x In (step 0.01)

68 (*) Available through configurable inputs and outputs thanks to


Not available
programmable logic

3 settings tables 4 settings tables


Settings tables
Activated by inputs or by general settings. Activated by inputs or by general settings.

Capacitor charge time: 10 minutes


RTC
Operation with no auxiliary voltage: 72 hours

16 samples/cycle 16 samples/cycle

Fault init configurable Fault init configurable

Oscillography 2 records of 50 cycles: 3 prefault and 47 postfault


5 records of 100 cycles: 3 prefault and 97 postfault cycles
cycles

COMTRADE IEEE C37.111-1991 COMTRADE IEEE C37.111-1991

4 analog channels y 80 digital channels 4 analog channels y 48 digital channels

20 fault reports with 80 events each one 20 fault reports with 24 events each one
Fault reports

www.fanox.com Rev.017 147/344


Demand of current with the following characteristics:
Number of records: 168
Recording mode circular
Sampling rate (interval): configurable through
communications: 1 60 min
Demand of current Not available Record format:
Date/Time
IMAX (in interval)
IMAX (actual)
IA
IB
IC
IN

Same voltage as the auxiliary power supply Same voltage as the auxiliary power supply
Configurable inputs
8 configurable inputs 6 configurable inputs

250 Vac 8 A 250 Vac 8 A


30 Vdc 5 A 30 Vdc 5 A
Configurable
outputs 5 configurable outputs 4 configurable outputs
Output 1 and output 2: NC + NO Output 1 and output 2: NC + NO
Output 3, output 4 and output 5: NO Output 2 and output 4: NO

50/60Hz depending on model (*) 50/60 Hz selectable by general settings


Frequency

Phase current (IA, IB, IC), neutral (IN), positive sequence (I1),
Phase current (IA, IB, IC), neutral (IN), and
negative sequence(I2), maximum current (Imax) and thermal
negative sequence(I2).
image (TI)

Real RMS
Current
measurement Sampling: 16 samples/cycle

2% Accuracy over a band of 20% over the nominal current and 4% over the rest of the range

Saturation limit: 30 times rated current

LOCAL COMMUNICATION
1 Local port RS232: ModBus RTU
REMOTE COMMUNICATION (*) REMOTE COMMUNICATION (*)
2 remote ports with the following options : 1 remote port with the following options :
Communications
2 Remote port RS485: ModBus RTU 1 Remote port RS485: ModBus RTU or IEC 60870-5-
and IEC 60870-5-103 103 (by general settings)
1 Remote port RS485 ModBus RTU 1 RJ45 port: IEC 61850, DNP3.0 or IEC 60870-104
and 1RJ45 port: IEC 61850, DNP3.0 or
IEC 60870-104

90 Vdc 300Vdc / 110 Vac 230 Vac 20%


Auxiliary power (*) 24-110 Vdc /48-230 Vac 20%
24-48 Vdc 10%

www.fanox.com Rev.017 148/344


Operating temperature : -10 to 70C
Environmental
conditions Storage temperature: -20 to 80C

Relative humidity: 95%

Measurement 3 or 4 CT /5 or /1
Transformers
Measurement 3 LPCT (current transformers with voltage output)

Metallic box

Panel mounted.
Mechanical
Characteristics
1/2Rack 4 U 1/4Rack 4 U

IP-54 on pannel

NOTE: LPCT model50N/G, 50/51N: calculated neutral; Standard model50N/G,


50/51N/G: measured neutral

6.2. Thermal resistence


4 times rated current continously.
20 times rated current for 10 s.
80 times rated current for 1s.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 149/344


6.3. Standards
1. EMC requirements
- Emission
1.1. Radiated emission IEC 60255-26 Radiated emission limit for Class A (group 1
EN 55022 for EN 55011) on Enclosure port. Frequency
range 30MHz - 230MHz (Quasi Peak
EN 55011
40dBV/m). Frequency range 230MHz -
1000MHz (Quasi Peak 47dBV/m)
1.2. Conducted emission IEC 60255-26 Conducted emission limit for Class A (group 1
EN 55022 for EN 55011) on Auxiliary power supply port.
Frequency range 0.15MHz 0.5MHz (Quasi
EN 55011
Peak 79V, Avg 66V). Frequency range
0.5MHz 30MHz (Quasi Peak 73V, Avg
60V)
- Immunity
1.3. 1MHz damped oscillatory IEC 60255-26 Class 3, Repetition frequency 400Hz, Duration
waves IEC 61000-4-18 of each application 3s.
Common mode for all terminals 2.5kV.
Differential mode for all terminals excepts
Communication port 1kV
1.4. Electrostatic discharge IEC 60255-26 Level 4, Contact discharge 8kV. Air discharge
IEC 61000-4-2 15kV

1.5. Radiated radiofrequency IEC 60255-26 Level 3, Test field strenght 10V/m, Frequency
electromagnetic fields IEC 61000-4-3 80MHZ - 1000MHz and 1400MHz - 2000MHz,
AM Modulation 80% for 1KHz carrier
sinusoidal signal
1.6. Electrical fast transients IEC 60255-26 Level 4, Power supply to Earth terminals 4kV,
IEC 61000-4-4 Signal and control terminals 2kV. Repetition
frequency 5KHz, Burst duration 75s.
1.7. Surge IEC 60255-26 Level 4, Line to earth for all terminals 4kV.
IEC 61000-4-5 Line to Line for all terminals excepts
Communication port 2kV
1.8. Conducted disturbance IEC 60255-26 Level 3, Applied voltage 10V, Frequency
induced by radio frequency fields IEC 61000-4-6 0.15MHz - 80 MHz, AM Modulation 80% for
1KHz carrier sinusoidal signal, Dwell time 1s.,
Test duration >10s.
1.9. Voltage dips, short IEC 60255-26 DC Voltage Dips: 40%, 130ms and 70%,
interruptions and voltage variations IEC 61000-4-11 100ms, 3 times every 10s.
DC Voltage Interruption: 100ms, 3 times every
IEC 61000-4-29
10s.
1.10. Ripple on DC input power IEC 60255-26 Level 4, Ripple 15%, 50Hz and 100Hz
port IEC 61000-4-17
1.11. Power frequency magnetic IEC 60255-26 Level 5, Continuous field strenght 100 A/m.
field IEC 61000-4-8 Short field strenght for a duration of 3s. 1000
A/m. Frequency 50Hz.
1.12. 100KHz damped oscillatory IEC 61000-4-18 Class 3, Repetition frequency 40Hz, Duration
waves of each application 3s. Common mode:
2.5kV. Differential mode: 1kV

www.fanox.com Rev.017 150/344


1.13. Pulse magnetic fields IEC 61000-4-9 Field strenght 1000 A/m, Cadence between
pulses 40s.
1.14. Damped oscillatory IEC 61000-4-10 Level 5, Field strenght 100 A/m, Frequency
magnetic fields 100KHz and 1MHz, Repetition frequency 40
trans./s at 100KHz, 400 trans/s at 1MHz,
Duration of each application 3s.
1.15. Ring wave immunity test IEC 61000-4-12 Level 4, Line to earth for all terminals 4kV.
Line to Line for all terminals excepts
Communication port 2kV
2. Product safety requirements
(including thermal short time
rating)
2.1. Impulse voltage IEC 60255-27 Each group to earth and with rest of the
IEC 60255-5 groups in short-circuit 5kV. Differential mode
for each one of the groups 1kV
2.2. AC or DC dielectric voltage IEC 60255-27 Each group to earth and with rest of the
IEC 60255-5 groups in short-circuit 2kVac, 50Hz, 1 minute

2.3. Insulation resistance IEC 60255-27 500V applied between each group to earth
IEC 60255-5 and with rest of the groups in short-circuit

2.4. Protective bonding IEC 60255-27 Test current 2xIn, Test voltage 12Vac during
resistance 60s. Resistance shall be less than 0.1 ohm

3. Burden
3.1. AC burden for CT IEC 60255-1 Declared on manual
3.2. AC burden for VT
3.3. AC, DC burden for power
supply
3.4. AC, DC burden for binary
inputs
4. Contact performance
IEC 60255-27

5. Communication
requirements

ModBus RTU
IEC 61850
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-104
DNP 3.0

6. Climatic environmental IEC 60255-27


requirements

6.1. Cold IEC 60068-2-1 Cold Operation Ab, -25C, 72h


Cold transport & Storage Ad, -40C, 72h

www.fanox.com Rev.017 151/344


6.2 Dry heat IEC 60068-2-2 Dry Heat Operation Bb, +70C, 72h
Dry Heat transport & Storage Bd, +85C, 72h

6.3 Change of temperature IEC 60068-2-14 Change of Temperature Nb, Upper temp
+70C, Lower temp -25C, 5 cycles, Exposure
time 3h, Transfer time 2 min.

6.4 Damp heat IEC 60068-2-30 Damp Heat Cyclic Db, Upper temp +40C,
Humidity 93%, 2 cycles. Relay energized

IEC 60068-2-78 Damp Heat Steady State Test Cab, Upper


temp +40C, Humidity 85%, 2 days. Relay not
energized

7. Mechanical requirements IEC 60255-27

7.1. Vibration IEC 60255-21-1 Vibration response, Class 1, 10Hz to 59Hz,


0,035mm and 59Hz to 150Hz, 0.5gn Vibration
IEC 60068-2-6
endurance, Class 1, 10Hz to 150Hz, 1gn

7.2. Shock IEC 60255-21-2 Shock Response, Class 1, 5gn, Shock


Withstands, Class 1, 15gn
IEC 60068-21-2

7.3. Bump IEC 60255-21-2 Bump, Class 1, 10gn


IEC 60068-21-2

7.4. Seismic IEC 60255-21-3 Single Axis Sine Sweep, Class 1, X Axis: 1 to
9Hz, 3.5mm and 9 to 35Hz, 1gn; Y Axis: 1 to
IEC 60068-21-3
9Hz, 1.5mm and 9 to 35Hz, 0.5gn

8. Electrical environmental
requirements

8.1. CT Input continuous IEC 60255-27 3xIn without damage for continuous operation
overload

8.2. CT Input short time IEC 60255-27 70xIn without damage for 1s short time
overload overloading

8.3. VT Input continuous IEC 60255-27 Declared on manual, without damage for
overload continuous operation

8.4. VT Input short time IEC 60255-27 Declared on manual, without damage for 10s
overload short time overloading

9. Enclosure protection

IEC 60255-27 IP-54


IEC 60529

Quality Management System ISO 9001:2008

www.fanox.com Rev.017 152/344


7. COMMUNICATION AND HMI
7.1 Communications for SIL-A with Adaptation A
The SIL-A relay is equipped with the following communications ports:

1 LOCAL (front) RS232 Modbus RTU

2 REMOTE (rear) RS485 Modbus RTU

3 REMOTE (rear) RS485 IEC 60870-5-103 (Depending on model)

4 REMOTE (rear) RJ45 IEC 61850 (Depending on model)

5 REMOTE (rear) RJ45 DNP 3.0 (Depending on model)

6 REMOTE (rear) RJ45 IEC60870-5-104 (Depending on model)

7.1.1. Local communication port. RS232


The RS232 communications port is installed on the front of the equipment. The connector
that is used is a DB-9 female DCE. The protocol that is used is Modbus RTU (19200 -
8bit no parity 1 stop bit). The protocol map and documentation that are used are
attached in an appendix to this manual.
The PC earth should be connected to the same earth as the relay to avoid communication
problems.
The RS232 communication is fitted with auxiliary voltage insulation, but no insulation with
regards to the relay processors. Therefore, the connection cable between the pc and relay
must not be very long so as to prevent possible electromagnetic interferences with the
equipment.

7.1.2. Remote communications ports


SILA with two ports RS485 one for ModBus and the other one for
IEC60870-5-103
In this case, there are two RS485 ports, one for ModBus RTU protocol and the other one
for IEC60870-5-103.The RS485 port output has three terminals (+,- and GND), located on
the rear of the equipment.
This port can be used to continuously monitor the equipment from a remote PC or SCADA
system. Up to 32 relays can be connected to one bus; each device with a different modbus
address. The equipment modbus address can be configured using the SIcom program.
To minimise communication errors as a result of noise, the use of a stranded and shielded
cable is recommended for the physical connection. All of the + terminals on one side, and
all of the - terminals on the other must be connected together in order to make the
connection.
If a 3 strand cable is used for communication, the GND terminals must be connected to
the earth cable.
If a 2 strand cable is used for communication, the GND terminals must be connected to
the shielding. The shielding must be connected to the GND at only one point to avoid
circular currents.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 153/344


Resistors should be used at each end if very long cables are used. The best solution for
avoiding reflection is to install resistors at both ends of the cable. The ohm value of these
resistors must be equal to the cable impedance value.
The RS485 communications are fitted with auxiliary voltage insulation, but no insulation
between the various RS485 communication connectors. Fiber optics can be used in very
aggressive environments, and they are connected by using the corresponding converters.
Connection diagram for a RS485 bus:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 154/344


SILA with one RS485 port for ModBus and one RJ45 port for IEC61850 or
DNP3.0 or IEC60870-5-104
In this case there are one RS485 port for ModBus RTU protocol and one RJ45 port for IEC
61850 protocol or for DNP 3.0 depending on model. The RS485 port output has three
terminals (+,- and GND), located on the rear of the equipment.
This port can be used to continuously monitor the equipment from a remote PC or SCADA
system. Up to 32 pieces of equipment can be connected to one bus; each piece with a
different modbus address. The equipment modbus address can be configured using the
SIcom program.
To minimise communication errors as a result of noise, the use of a stranded and shielded
cable is recommended for the physical connection. All of the + terminals on one side, and
all of the - terminals on the other must be connected together in order to make the
connection.
If a 3 strand cable is used for communication, the GND terminals must be connected to
the earth cable.
If a 2 strand cable is used for communication, the GND terminals must be connected to
the shielding. The shielding must be connected to the GND at only one point to avoid
circular currents.
Resistors should be used at each end if very long cables are used. The best solution for
avoiding reflection is to install resistors at both ends of the cable. The ohm value of these
resistors must be equal to the cable impedance value.
The RS485 communications are fitted with auxiliary voltage insulation, but no insulation
between the various RS485 communication connectors. Fiber optics can be used in very
aggressive environments, and they are connected by using the corresponding converters.
Connection diagram for a RS485 bus:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 155/344


7.2. Communications for SIL-A with Adaptation B
The SIL-A relay is equipped with the following communications ports:

1 LOCAL (front) RS232 Modbus RTU

2 REMOTE (rear) RS485 Modbus RTU or IEC 60870-5-103 (by


general settings)

3 REMOTE (rear) RJ45 IEC 61850 (Depending on model)

4 REMOTE (rear) RJ45 DNP 3.0 (Depending on model)

5 REMOTE (rear) RJ45 IEC60870-5-104 (Depending on model)

7.1.1. Local communication port. RS232


The RS232 communications port is installed on the front of the equipment. The connector
that is used is a DB-9 female DCE. The protocol that is used is Modbus RTU (19200 -
8bit no parity 1 stop bit). The protocol map and documentation that are used are
attached in an appendix to this manual.
The PC earth should be connected to the same earth as the relay to avoid communication
problems.
The RS232 communication is fitted with auxiliary voltage insulation, but no insulation with
regards to the relay processors. Therefore, the connection cable between the pc and relay
must not be very long so as to prevent possible electromagnetic interferences with the
equipment.

7.1.2. Remote communications port


SILA with 1 port RS485 for ModBus or for IEC60870-5-103
In this case, there are 1 RS485 port, it is possible to select ModBus RTU protocol or
IEC60870-5-103 protocol thanks to the general settings.The RS485 port output has two
terminals (+,-), located on the rear of the equipment.
This port can be used to continuously monitor the equipment from a remote PC or SCADA
system. Up to 32 relays can be connected to one bus; each device with a different modbus
address. The equipment modbus address can be configured using the SIcom program.
To minimise communication errors as a result of noise, the use of a stranded and shielded
cable is recommended for the physical connection. All of the + terminals on one side, and
all of the - terminals on the other must be connected together in order to make the
connection.
Resistors should be used at each end if very long cables are used. The best solution for
avoiding reflection is to install resistors at both ends of the cable. The ohm value of these
resistors must be equal to the cable impedance value.
The RS485 communications are fitted with auxiliary voltage insulation, but no insulation
between the various RS485 communication connectors. Fiber optics can be used in very
aggressive environments, and they are connected by using the corresponding converters.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 156/344


Connection diagram for a RS485 bus:

SILA with one RJ45 port for IEC61850, DNP3.0 or IEC60870-5-104


In this case ther is one RJ45 port for IEC 61850 protocol, for DNP 3.0 protocol or for IEC
60870-5-104 protocol depending on model.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 157/344


7.3. LCD and keypad
The front of the SIL A relay is fitted with an alphanumeric LCD screen, measuring 20x2.
This screen provides the user with access to read information about the settings
parameters, measurements, status and events. All of this information is arranged in a
system of menus.
A keypad is fitted to the relay front panel, which can be used to access the information
shown on the LCD screen and to navigate through the menu system.
This membrane keyboard has 6 keys that can be used to navigate through the different
menus and to change the setting parameters. The and keys can be used to
navigate through the different menus, the different options in each menu and the different
values for the settings parameters.
The OK key is used to access the menus and the different options, as well as to approve
changes to values. The C key is used to delete and to go back through the menu levels.
As well as the 6 keys, there is also a "Reset" key. When Reset is pressed, the leds
indicators return to their initial position. The Reset key can also be used to delete all of
the events in the "Events" menu.
This is equipped with a specific key marked with 79, which permits operation on the
recloser, locking and unlocking it.
It is also equipped with a specific key marked with 52, which permits operation on the
circuit breaker, opening and closing it.

7.4. SICom Communications program


The SICom program, which works with the Windows 2000/XP, Windows 7 and Windows
8 operating system is provided, and can be used to gain access to all of the equipment
information, to modify the settings and to save events using a graphic user interface.
The drivers to work with Windows 8 can be downloaded from the SICom program.
The following operations can be carried out using the SICom program:
State reading
Measurement reading
Reading and changing settings
Reading and deleting events
Reading and deleting fault reports
Changing the user passwords
Loading settings files
Loading configuration files
Date-time synchronization
Checking the versions of the equipment
Configuring the Modbus address
Reading and changing counters
Processes for opening and closing the circuit breaker
Configuration of the inputs
Configuration of the outputs
Configuration of the causes that start a Fault Report

www.fanox.com Rev.017 158/344


7.5. Setting up the session: Password and access levels
Users must identify themselves with a password in order to Pickup communications and to
change the equipment settings or configuration using the HMI. Depending on the access
level, it may or may not be possible to perform the operations shown on the table below.

Permission to:
Read-only permission: Permission to: Permission to
Change settings Permission to:
ACCESS Status and measurements Execute Change
Download and Delete the Change
LEVEL Settings Commands Protected
Events buffer Configuration
Events Settings

1 YES YES NO NO YES

2 YES YES NO NO NO

3 YES NO YES NO NO

4 YES YES YES NO NO

5 YES YES YES YES NO

Four passwords and their associated levels of access are set up when the equipment is
configured using the SIcom program. Four passwords and their associated levels of
access are set up when the equipment is configured using the SIcom program. It is
possible to change the passwords The password must have 4 characters. By default, the
equipment is programmed with the following passwords and their associated levels:

PASSWORD ACCESS LEVEL

2222 2

3333 3

4444 4

5555 5

www.fanox.com Rev.017 159/344


7.6. Menus
7.6.1. Standby mode screen
The default screen shows the device model and the currents in phase A, phase B, phase C, and
Neutral. Press OK to select a menu: measurements, states, settings, and events. If the HMI is
left in any state, it will return to the default screen after 5 minutes without any key being
pressed.

Adaptation A

SILA555C2A12BB
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Adaptation B

SILA000C2A12BB C (A) (B) (C) (N) C SILA000C2A12BB


0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

If any error is detected by the self-diagnosis, an error message appears in the second line
(instead of the currents) on the main screen, which can show any of the following information:
(see inside self-diagnosis section).
PROTECTION ERROR
MEASUREMENT ERROR
EEPROM ERROR
EVENt ERROR

7.6.2. Last Trip screen


When a trip occurs, the default screen alternates with the last trip screen, showing the cause of
the trip and the time and date of its occurrence.

Trip 50P1
07/01/15 13:51:44825

Even is auxiliary power is lost, when the SIL-B regains power, it will retain information on the
last trip. The last trip screen will only disappear when the RESET button is pressed and held
down.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 160/344


7.6.3. Accessing the menus
The keys , , and are used to navigate through the different options and menus.
The OK key is used to accept and to enter and menu or an option. The C key is used to
move up through the menu levels.
It is not necessary to enter any password to read or view the parameters, measurements
or settings
A 4-character password must be entered in order to modify any parameter.
After returning to the main screen, the password must be entered again to make any
further modifications.
The keys and are used to navigate from one item to another within a parameter. The
keys and are used to increase or decrease the value. If an invalid value is entered
during the process, the C key can be used to delete it.
The navigation through the menus is described as graphically as possible below.

7.6.4. Date-Time Menu


The date-time menu can be accessed by pressing the key from the standby mode
screen. From here, press the OK key to access the date-time modification screen. Use
the and keys to position the cursor over the digit that you want to change, and
assign a value to this digit using the and keys. Once the date-time has been
entered, press OK to change the equipment date. Press the C key to return to the
standby mode screen.
The date-time information can be viewed by pressing the key from the main screen.

DATE AND TIME SILA000C2A12BB


C
01/01/2000 01:43:25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00


OK C
01/01/2000 01:43

www.fanox.com Rev.017 161/344


7.6.5. Fault report

Adaptation A
From the "sleep" mode screen, press the key to access the fault report menu. Using
the and keys we can move onto the report we wish to display, and, pressing OK
provides access to the events each fault report contains.

FAULT REPORT 535 SILA000C2A12BB


C
02/08/12 11:18:52435 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

12/04/12 01:57:03260 FAULT REPORT 535


OK C C
New Osc. Regist 02/08/12 11:18:52435

1/9: 535
OK C
New Osc. Regist

FAULT REPORT 534


C
02/08/12 11:17:12545

Adaptation B
From the "sleep" mode screen, press the key to access the fault report menu. It is
possible to access to fault report menu navigating throug main menus too. Using the
and keys we can move onto the report we wish to display, and, pressing OK
provides access to the events each fault report contains.

FAULT REPORT SILA000C2A12BB


C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Trip 50N FAULT REPORT


OK C C
07/01/15 12:08:58828

07/01/15 12:08:58828
OK C
51N Pickup

Trip 51P
C
07/01/15 10:01:11661

www.fanox.com Rev.017 162/344


7.6.6. Communication parameters and versions

Pressing the provides access to the equipment versions:

Adaptation A

Vers: COM DSP PIC SILA555B2000BA


C
2.13 1.70 1.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

serial number:
C
0

Adaptation B

Version: 3.01 1.00 SILA000C2A12BB


C
Dec 22 2014 18:02:01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

From the default screen, press and hold key to access to communications parameters:

LOCAL COM Settings SILA000C2A12BB


C
1 19200-8-N-1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

LOCAL Settings
1 19200-8-N-1

REMOTE COM Settings


C
(*)

(*) REMOTE COM parameters depend on model ( the protocol that it is used can be IEC61850,
DNP3.0 or IEC60870-5-103 depending on model)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 163/344


7.6.7. Test Menu
The Test menu is accessed from the standby mode screen by sequentially pressing the , and keys, and then holding down the OK key.
From here, press OK to access the components that can be tested.

TEST MENU y/n? C


SILA000C2A12BB
OK without protection! 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
HOLD

OK
Set Password C
SILA000C2A12BB
-> 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Set Password C

-> 5555

OK
TEST MENU
C
SILA000C2A12BB
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

OK
Led-1: C
not activated

OK
Led-1:
<<ACTIVATED>>

Led-2:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 164/344


OK
Led-2:
<<ACTIVATED>>


Led-3: C
not activated

OK
Led-3:
<<ACTIVATED>>

Led-4:
C
not activated

OK
Led-4:
<<ACTIVATED>>

Led-5:
C
not activated

Led-5:
OK
<<ACTIVATED>>

Led-6:
C
not activated

Led-6:
OK
<<ACTIVATED>>

www.fanox.com Rev.017 165/344


Led-79:
C
not activated

Led-79:
OK
<<ACTIVATED>>

Led-52:
C
not activated

OK
Led-52:
<<ACTIVATED>>

Output 1:
C
not activated

Output 1:
OK
<<ACTIVATED>>

Output 2: C

not activated

OK
Output 2:
<<ACTIVATED>>

www.fanox.com Rev.017 166/344


Output 3: C

not activated

OK
Output 3:
<<ACTIVATED>>

Output 4: C

not activated

Output 4:
OK
<<ACTIVATED>>

Output 5: C

not activated

Output 5:
OK
<<ACTIVATED>>

NOTE 1: SIL-A with adaptation B has only 4 outputs instead of 5


NOTE 2 : Be careful when activating the output which is set to trip. When the equipment is installed it will open the circuit as if it were a trip.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 167/344


7.6.8. Functional Menu
The SIL A relay menu is split up into 6 main parts:
Measurements.
Status.
Settings.
Events.
Counters.
Commands.
Fault report (only available in SIL-A with adaptation B)

SILA000C2A12BB MEASUREMENTS SILA000C2A12BB


OK C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

STATES
C

SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A=1 COM

EVENTS
C
There are 5

COUNTERS
C

COMMANDS
C

www.fanox.com Rev.017 168/344


FAULT REPORT

Press the OK key to access the second level from the main screen. Use the and keys to move from one menu section to another in the second
level. Use the C key to return to a higher level.

7.6.9. Measurements Menu


From the standby mode screen, press the OK key to access the first line of menus. Use the and keys to position the cursor over the
MEASUREMENTS screen and press OK. Use the and keys to position the cursor over the measurement and to see its value.

Adaptation A

MEASUREMENTS SILA555B1001BA
OK C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

I-A 1/6 MEASUREMENTS


OK C
0.00 A

I-A 1/6
OK
0.00 *A

I-B 2/6
C
0.00 A

www.fanox.com Rev.017 169/344


I-C 3/6
C
0.00 A

I-0 4/6
C
0.00 A

I-2 5/6
C
0.00 A

TI 6/6
C
20

Adaptation B

MEASUREMENTS SILA000C2A12BB
OK C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

I-A 1/8 MEASUREMENTS


OK C
0.00 A

I-A 1/8
OK
0.00 *A

I-B 2/8
C
0.00 A

www.fanox.com Rev.017 170/344


I-C 3/8
C
0.00 A

I-0 4/8
C
0.00 A

I-2 5/8
0.00 A

I-1 6/8
C
0.00 A

IMax 7/8
0.00 A

TI 8/8
C
20

7.6.10. Status Menu


From the standby mode screen, press the OK key to access the first line of menus. Use the and keys to position the cursor over the STATUS
screen and press OK. This takes you to the status groups line. Use the and keys to position the cursor over a group of statuses, and press the
OK key to access the statuses that belong to this group. Use the and keys to browse through the different statuses. The information shows
whether or not each status is active. The message >Activation present appears under the name of the group in the status group menus if any of the
statuses in that group are active.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 171/344


There is a quick way to access the GNAL Statuses from the SIL A relay main screen. Press the key to jump directly to the third level of the menu; this
takes the user directly from the main screen to the GNAL Statuses option.
The method for navigating through the status menu is shown graphically below.
Adaptation A:

STATES SILA555B1001BA
C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Sta. 50P1 STATES


OK C

Phase A Pickup Sta. 50P1


OK C
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase C Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase A Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 172/344


Phase B Trip:
C
not activated

Phase C Trip:
C
not activated

Phase Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 50P2 STATES


C

Phase A Pickup: Sta. 50P2


OK C
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase C Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase A Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 173/344


Phase B Trip:
C
not activated

Phase C Trip:
C
not activated

Phase Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 51P STATES


C

Phase A Pickup: Sta. 51P


OK C
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase C Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase Pickup:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 174/344


Phase A Trip:
C
not activated

Phase B Trip:
C
not activated

Phase C Trip:
C
not activated

Phase Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 50N1 STATES


C

Ground Pickup: Sta. 50G1/50N1


OK C
not activated

Ground Trip:
C
not activated

STATES
Sta. 50N2 C

www.fanox.com Rev.017 175/344


Ground Pickup:
OK C Sta. 50G2/50N2
not activated

Ground Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 51N STATES


C

Ground Pickup: Sta. 51G/51N


OK C
not activated

Ground Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. CLP STATES


C

Pickup: Sta. CLP


OK C
not activated

Sta. 50BF STATES


C

Pickup: Sta. 50BF


OK C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 176/344


Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 46 STATES
C

Pickup: Sta. 46
OK C
not activated

Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 49 STATES
C

Pickup: Sta. 49
OK C
not activated

Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. GENERAL STATES


C

www.fanox.com Rev.017 177/344


Trip: Sta. GENERAL
OK C
not activated

Battery Supply:
C
not activated

50 Hz:
C
<<ACTIVATED>>

Measure error:
C
not activated

Setting changed:
C
not activated

Set Date/Time:
C
not activated

No Telecontrol:
C
not activated

FactorySetting:
C
not activated

Eeprom error:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 178/344


Eeprom changed:
C
not activated

Event error:
C
not activated

Sta. INPUTS STATES


C

I. 52a: Sta. INPUTS


OK C
not activated

I. 52b:
C
not activated

I. 50P block:
C
not activated

I. 50G/50N block:
C
not activated

I. Ext Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 179/344


I. Fault. init:
C
not activated

I. 79 Init:
C
not activated

I. 79 Enable:
C
not activated

I. 79 Block:
C
not activated

I1-Sett Table:
C
not activated

I2-Sett Table:
C
not activated

Lock 79:
C
not activated

Unlock 79:
C
not activated

I. 50BF Init:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 180/344


Input 1:
C
not activated

Input 2:
C
not activated

Input 3:
C
not activated

Input 4:
C
not activated

Input 5:
C
not activated

Input 6:
C
not activated

Input 7:
C
not activated

Input 8:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 181/344


Control Voltage:
C
not activated

Continuity A:
C
not activated

Continuity B:
C
not activated

Sta. OUTPUTS STATES


C

LedON:
OK C
not activated

Led1:
C
not activated

Led2:
C
not activated

Led3:
C
not activated

Led4:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 182/344


Led5:
C
not activated

Output 1:
C
not activated

Output 2: Sta. OUTPUTS


C
not activated

Output 3:
C
not activated

Output 4:
C
not activated

Output 5:
C
not activated

79 Init:
C
not activated

50BF Init:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 183/344


Fault Init:
C
not activated

Sta. 79 STATES
C

Standby:
OK C
not activated

Reclose Time:
C
not activated

79 Is 52 Open?:
C
not activated

79 Hold Time:
C
not activated

79 Close Time:
C
not activated

79 Reset Time:
C
not activated

79 Lockout:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 184/344


79 Security T.:
C
not activated

79 Manual Open:
C
not activated

Sta. 52 STATES
C
>52 Open Error

52 Startup:
OK C
not activated

52 Error:
C
not activated

52 Open:
C
not activated

52 Open Time:
C
not activated

52 Open Error:
C
<<ACTIVATED>>

www.fanox.com Rev.017 185/344


52 Close:
C
not activated

52 Close Time:
C
not activated

52 Close Error:
C
not activated

Open Num. Alarm:


C
<<ACTIVATED>>

I2t Alarm:
C
<<ACTIVATED>>

Too Many Trips:


C
not activated

52A contact:
C
not activated

52B contact:
C
not activated

Sta. 74TCS STATES


C

www.fanox.com Rev.017 186/344


74TCS Pickup: Sta. 74TCS
OK C
not activated

74TCS Alarm:
C
not activated

Sta. MODBUS STATES


C

Remote COM.: Sta. MODBUS


OK C
not activated

Command Select:
C
not activated

Open Breaker:
C
not activated

Close Breaker:
C
not activated

Block Recloser:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 187/344


UnBlock Reclos:
C
not activated

Reset 86
not activated

STATES
Sta. REMOTE C

Remote COM.: Sta. REMOTE


OK C
not activated

Command Select:
C
not activated

Open Breaker:
C
not activated

Close Breaker:
C
not activated

Block Recloser:
C
not activated

UnBlock Reclos:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 188/344


Reset 86
not activated

Sta. LOCAL STATES


C
>Activated

Local COM.: Sta. LOCAL


OK C
not activated >Activated

MMI Activity:
C
<<ACTIVATED>>

Local Ctrl.:
C
not activated

Command Select:
C
not activated

Open Breaker:
C
not activated

Close Breaker:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 189/344


Block Recloser:
C
not activated

UnBlock Reclos:
C
not activated

No Telecontrol:
C
not activated

Telecontrol Yes:
C
not activated

Reset 86
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 190/344


Adaptation B

STATES SILA000C2A12BB
C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Sta. GENERAL STATES


C

Trip: Sta. GENERAL


OK C
not activated

50 Hz:
C
<<ACTIVATED>>

TripBlck Enab.:
Not activated

Measure error:
C
not activated

Ready:
not activated

Setting changed:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 191/344


Set Date/Time:
C
not activated

Local Ctrl.:
C
not activated

FactorySetting:
C
not activated

Eeprom error:
C
not activated

Eeprom changed:
C
not activated

Event error:
C
not activated

Reset:
C
not activated

Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase A pickup:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 192/344


Phase B pickup:
C
not activated

Phase C pickup:
C
not activated

Ground pickup:
C
not activated

Phase A Trip:
C
not activated

Phase B Trip:
C
not activated

Phase C Trip:
C
not activated

Ground Trip:
C
not activated

50P Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 193/344


50N Trip:
C
not activated

Phase Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 50P1 STATES


OK C

Phase A Pickup Sta. 50P1


OK C
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase C Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase A Trip:
C
not activated

Phase B Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 194/344


Phase C Trip:
C
not activated

Phase Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 50P2 STATES


C

Phase A Pickup: Sta. 50P2


OK C
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase C Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase A Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 195/344


Phase B Trip:
C
not activated

Phase C Trip:
C
not activated

Phase Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 51P STATES


C

Phase A Pickup: Sta. 51P


OK C
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase C Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase A Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 196/344


Phase B Trip:
C
not activated

Phase C Trip:
C
not activated

Phase Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 50N1 STATES


C

Ground Pickup: Sta. 50N1


OK C
not activated

Ground Trip:
C
not activated

STATES
Sta. 50N2 C

Ground Pickup:
OK C Sta. 50N2
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 197/344


Ground Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 51N STATES


C

Ground Pickup: Sta. 51N


OK C
not activated

Ground Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 46 STATES
C

Pickup: Sta. 46
OK C
not activated

Trip:

not activated

Sta. CLP STATES


C

CLP Disable: Sta. CLP


OK C
<<ACTIVATED>>

www.fanox.com Rev.017 198/344


52 Close:
C
not activated

52 Open:
C
not activated

52 Def. open:
C
not activated

Close CLP:
C
not activated

Open CLP:
C
not activated

CLP:
C
not activated

Sta. 50BF STATES


C

Pickup: Sta. 50BF


OK C
not activated

Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 199/344


Sta. 49 STATES
C

Alarm: Sta. 49
OK C
not activated

Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. 79 STATES
C
>Lockout

Standby: Sta. 79
OK C
not activated >Lockout

Reclose Time:
C
not activated

79 Is 52 Open?:
C
not activated

79 Hold Time:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 200/344


79 Close Time:
C
not activated

79 Reset Time:
C
not activated

79 Lockout:
C
not activated

79 Security T.:
C
not activated

79 Manual Open:
C
not activated

Sta. 52 STATES
C
>52 Error

52 Startup: Sta. 52
OK C
not activated >52 Error

52 Error:
C
not activated

52 Open:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 201/344


52 Open Time:
C
not activated

52 Open Error:
C
<<ACTIVATED>>

52 Close:
C
not activated

52 Close Time:
C
not activated

52 Close Error:
C
not activated

Open Num. Alarm:


C
<<ACTIVATED>>

I2t Alarm:
C
<<ACTIVATED>>

Too Many Trips:


C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 202/344


52A contact:
C
not activated

52B contact:
C
not activated

Sta. 74TCS STATES


C

74TCS Pickup: Sta. 74TCS


OK C
not activated

74TCS Alarm:
C
not activated

Sta. 74CT STATES


C

74CT Pickup: Sta. 74CT


OK C
not activated

74CT Alarm:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 203/344


Sta. 37 STATES
C

Phase A Pickup: Sta. 37


OK C
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase C Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase A Trip:
C
not activated

Phase B Trip:
C
not activated

Phase C Trip:
C
not activated

Phase Trip:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 204/344


Sta. 46BC STATES
C

Pickup: Sta. 46BC


OK C
not activated

Trip:
C
not activated

Sta. T. BLOCK STATES


C

Phase A block: Sta. T. BLOCK


OK C
not activated

Phase B block:
C
not activated

Phase C block:
C
not activated

Phase block:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 205/344


Sta. INPUTS STATES
C

Input 1: Sta. INPUTS


OK C
not activated

Input 2:
C
not activated

Input 3:
C
not activated

Input 4:
C
not activated

Input 5:
C
not activated

Input 6:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 206/344


Sta. OUTPUTS STATES
C
>Activated

Output 1: Sta. OUTPUTS


OK C
<<ACTIVATED>> >Activated

Output 2:
C
not activated

Output 3:
C
not activated

Output 4:
C
not activated

Sta. LEDS STATES


C
>Activated

Led1: Sta. LEDS


OK C
<<ACTIVATED>> >Activated

Led2:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 207/344


Led3:
C
not activated

Led4:
C
not activated

Led5:
C
not activated

Led6:
C
not activated

Led-52:
C
not activated

Led-79:
C
not activated

Sta. LOGIC STATES


C
>Activated

52a: Sta. LOGIC


OK C
not activated >Activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 208/344


52b:
C
not activated

Ext Trip:
C
not activated

50BF Init:
C
not activated

Fault Init:
C
not activated

Blck. 50P:
C
not activated

Blck. 50N:
C
not activated

Reset:
C
not activated

SettingsG1:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 209/344


SettingsG2:
C
not activated

79Init:
C
not activated

79 Enable:
C
not activated

L Lock 79:
C
not activated

P Lock 79:
C
not activated

P Unlock 79:
C
not activated

74TCS A:
C
not activated

74TCS B:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 210/344


Logic Sig1:
C
not activated

Logic Sig2:
C
not activated

Sta. LOCAL STATES


C
>Activated

Local COM.: Sta. LOCAL


OK C
not activated >Activated

HMI Activity:
C
<<ACTIVATED>>

Open Breaker:
C
not activated

Close Breaker:
C
not activated

P Lock 79:
C
not activated

P Unlck 79:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 211/344


Local Ctrl.:
C
not activated

Telecontrol:
C
not activated

Reset:
C
not activated

Reset TI:
C
not activated

Sta. REMOTE STATES


C

Remote COM.: Sta. REMOTE


OK C
not activated

Open Breaker:
C
not activated

Close Breaker:
C
not activated

www.fanox.com Rev.017 212/344


P Lock 79:
C
not activated

P Unlck 79:
C
not activated

Local Ctrl.:
C
not activated

Telecontrol:
C
not activated

Reset:
C
not activated

Reset TI:
C
not activated

NOTE: REMOTE COM can be ModBus, IEC60870-5-103, IEC61850, DNP3.0 or IEC60870-5-104 depending on model

www.fanox.com Rev.017 213/344


7.6.11. Settings Menu
From the standby mode screen, press the OK key to access the first line of menus. Use the and keys to position the cursor over the
SETTINGS screen and press OK. This takes you to the settings groups line. Use the and keys to position the cursor over a settings group,
and press the OK key to access the settings that belong to this group. Use the and keys to move through the different settings. The
information that appears underneath the setting name is its value.

Adaptation A

SETTINGS GEN SILA555B1001BA


C
T.A.=1 COM " 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Select table SETTINGS GEN


OK C
1 = T.Activated T.A.=1 COM "

Select table
C
2

Select table
C
3

Settings 50P1 SETTINGS GEN


OK C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 50P1


OK C
NO

www.fanox.com Rev.017 214/344


Set Password Function Enable
OK C
-> 0 NO

Set Password

-> 5555

Function Enable
OK
NO -> NO

Function Enable

NO -> YES

Function Enable
OK
NO > YES y/n

SETTING CHANGED
OK
Function Enable

Function Enable
OK
YES

Current Tap
C
1.00 xIn

Operating Time
C
0.02 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 215/344


Settings 50P2 SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 50P2


OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Operating Time
C
5.00 s

Settings 51P SETTINGS GEN


C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 51P


OK C
NO

Curve type
C
Def Tim

Time Dial
C
0.05

www.fanox.com Rev.017 216/344


Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Operating Time
C
5.00 s


Settings 50N1 SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 50G1/50N1


OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
0.50 xIn

Operating Time
C
1.00 s


Settings 50N2 SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 50G2/50N2


OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
0.30 xIn

www.fanox.com Rev.017 217/344


Operating Time
C
2.00 s


Settings 51N SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 51G/51N


OK C
NO

Curve type
C
Def Tim

Time Dial
C
0.05

Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Operating Time
C
5.00 s


Settings CLP SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

www.fanox.com Rev.017 218/344


Function Enable Settings CLP
OK C
NO

Multiplier 50P1
C
1.00

Multiplier 50P2
C
1.00

Multiplier51P
C
1.00

Multiplier 50G1/50N1
C
1.00

Multiplier 50G2/50N2
C
1.00

Multiplier 51G/51N
C
1.00

No Load Time
C
15 s

Cold Load Time


C
15 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 219/344



Settings 50BF SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 50BF


OK C
NO

Operating Time
C
0.02 s


Settings 46 SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 46


OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Operating Time
C
0.02 s


Settings 49 SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

www.fanox.com Rev.017 220/344


Function Enable Settings 49
OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
1.00xIn

z Heating constant
C
3 min

z Cooling constant
C
1

Alarma Level
C
80


Settings 79 SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 79


OK C
NO

Hold Enable
C
NO

Recloser Number
C
1

www.fanox.com Rev.017 221/344


Reclose 1 Time
C
0.02 s

Reclose 2 Time
C
0.02 s

Reclose 3 Time
C
1.00 s

Reclose 4 Time
C
1.00 s

Reclose 5 Time
C
1.00 s

Hold Time
C
1.00 s

Reset Time
C
1.00 s

Man. Open Time


C
1.00 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 222/344



Settings 52 SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Max Acumulated Open Settings 52


OK C
10

Max Acumulated Amp


C
1000 MA2

Max. Open Time


C
0.10 s

Max. Close Time


C
0.10 s

Repetitive Open Num


C
3

Repetitiv Open Time


C
9.00 min


Settings 74TCS SETTINGS GEN
C
T.A.=1 COM

Function Enable Settings 74TCS


OK C
NO

www.fanox.com Rev.017 223/344


Operating Time
C
0.02 s

Press the key to access the general settings from the "SETTINGS" screen.
The general setting "Equipment name" can be viewed from the HMI, but it can only be modified by using the SICom program.
The value of the "CT Phase ratio and CT Neutral ratio general settings is the result given by dividing the number of turns on the primary winding by the
number on the secondary winding. For example: With TI 500/5, the setting would be 100 in standard models. In LPCT models this settings correspond to
the primary phase cuarrent and the primary neutral current.
The frequency is selected by means of an internal equipment selector, which can be accessed by removing the rear selector access cover in LPCT
models or by model in standard SILA. The value is read only.

Identification SETTINGS GEN


C
free text T.A.=1 COM

CT Phase Ratio
C
10

CT Neutral Ratio
C
10

VT Ratio
C
100

www.fanox.com Rev.017 224/344


Frequency
C
50 Hz

Language
C
ENGLISH

Active Settings T.
C
1

Remote address SETTINGS GEN


C
(*) T.A.=1 COM

Remote baudrate
C
(*)

ModBus Address

19200

ModBus BaudRate

19200

(*) Parameters in Remote communication depend on the protocol (IEC60870-5-103, IEC61850 or DNP3.0 depending on model)
It is necessary to enter a password to change a setting for the first time. The settings can be changed after entering the password, until returning either
manually or automatically to the standby mode screen. The system returns automatically to the standby mode screen if no key is pressed for five
minutes.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 225/344


The factory setting password for the equipment is 5555. This password can be changed using the SICom program.
The keys , , and are used to enter the password. and are used to introduce a value or a character, and the and keys are used to
move from one character to another. If it is necessary to change one of the password characters or numbers due to an error, press "C" to delete it.
Press "OK to validate the password.

Adaptation B

SETTINGS GEN SILA000C2A12BB


C
COM " 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Select group SETTINGS GEN


OK C
1 (Active group) COM "

Select group
C
2

Select group
C
3

Select group

4

Sett(1) 50P1 SETTINGS GEN


OK C
COM "

www.fanox.com Rev.017 226/344


Function Enable Sett(1) 50P1
OK C
NO

Set Password Function Enable


OK C
-> 0 NO

Set Password

-> 5555

Function Enable
OK
NO -> NO

Function Enable

NO -> YES

Function Enable
OK
NO > YES y/n

SETTING CHANGED
OK
Function Enable

Function Enable
OK
YES

Current Tap
C
1.00 xIn

www.fanox.com Rev.017 227/344


Time Delay
C
0.02 s

Sett(1) 50P2 SETTINGS GEN


C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 50P2


OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Time Delay
C
5.00 s

Sett(1) 51P SETTINGS GEN


C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 51P


OK C
NO

Curve type
C
Def Tim

www.fanox.com Rev.017 228/344


Time Dial
C
0.05

Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Time Delay
C
5.00 s


Sett(1) 50N1 SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 50N1


OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
0.50 xIn

Time Delay
C
1.00 s


Sett(1) 50N2 SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 50N2


OK C
NO

www.fanox.com Rev.017 229/344


Current Tap
C
0.30 xIn

Time Delay
C
2.00 s

Sett(1) 51N SETTINGS GEN


C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 51N


OK C
NO

Curve type
C
Def Tim

Time Dial
C
0.05

Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Time Delay
C
5.00 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 230/344


Sett(1) 46 SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 46


OK C
NO

Curve type
C
Def Tim

Time Dial
C
0.05

Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Time Delay
C
5.00 s


Sett(1) CLP SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) CLP


OK C
NO

www.fanox.com Rev.017 231/344


Active Settings G.
C
4

No Load Time
C
15 s

Cold Load Time


C
15 s


Sett(1) 50BF SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 50BF


OK C
NO

Time Delay
C
0.02 s


Sett(1) 49 SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 49


OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
1.00xIn

www.fanox.com Rev.017 232/344


z Heating constant
C
3 min

z Cooling constant
C
1

Alarma Level
C
80


Sett(1) 79 SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 79


OK C
NO

Hold Enable
C
NO

Recloser Number
C
1

Reclose 1 Time
C
0.02 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 233/344


Reclose 2 Time
C
0.02 s

Reclose 3 Time
C
1.00 s

Reclose 4 Time
C
1.00 s

Reclose 5 Time
C
1.00 s

Hold Time
C
1.00 s

Reset Time
C
1.00 s

Man. Open Time


C
1.00 s


Sett(1) 52 SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Max Acumulated Open Sett(1) 52


OK C
10

www.fanox.com Rev.017 234/344


Max Acumulated Amp
C
1000 MA2

Max. Open Time


C
0.10 s

Max. Close Time


C
0.10 s

Repetitive Open Num


C
3

Repetitiv Open Time


C
9.00 min


Sett(1) 74TCS SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 74TCS


OK C
NO

Time Delay
C
0.02 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 235/344


Sett(1) 74CT SETTINGS GEN
C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 74CT


OK C
NO

Time Delay
C
0.02 s

Sett(1) 37 SETTINGS GEN


C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) 37


OK C
NO

Current Tap
C
0.20 xIn

Time Delay
C
0.02 s

Sett(1) 46BC SETTINGS GEN


C
COM "

www.fanox.com Rev.017 236/344


Function Enable Sett(1) 46BC
OK C
NO

Current Tap

50%

Time Delay

0.02 s

Sett(1) T. Block SETTINGS GEN


C
COM "

Function Enable Sett(1) T. Block


OK C
NO

Current Tap

7xIn

Press the key to access the general settings from the "SETTINGS" screen.
The general setting "Equipment name" can be viewed and modified from the HMI and from SICom software.
The frequency can be 50 or 60 Hz.
Serial number is a read only setting.
The value of the "CT Phase ratio and CT Neutral ratio general settings is the result given by dividing the number of turns on the primary winding by the
number on the secondary winding. For example: With TI 500/5, the setting would be 100 in standard models. In LPCT models this settings correspond to
the primary phase cuarrent and the primary neutral current.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 237/344


Phase nominal current and neutral nominal current will depend on the model, this is:
SILA00xxxxxxxx:
Phase nominal current could be 1 A or 5 A
Neutral nominal current could be 1 A or 5 A
SILASSxxxxxxxx:
Phase nominal current could be 0.5 A or 2.5 A
Neutral nominal current could be 0.1 A or 0.5 A

Identification SETTINGS GEN


C
free text COM "

Frequency
C
50Hz

Serial number
C
0

Language
C
ENG.

Active Setting G.
C
1

www.fanox.com Rev.017 238/344


Ph. Nominal Current
C
1 A

N. Nominal Current
C
1 A

CT Phase Ratio
C
1.0

CT Neutral Ratio
C
1.0

Local COM Address


C
1

Remote Address
C
3

Remote Baudrate
C
19200

Remote Protocol
C
MODBUS

www.fanox.com Rev.017 239/344


Changing remote protocol through general settings is only available for SILAxxxxxA(D,I)xxxx. Remote protocol will depend on the model, this is:
SILAxxxxxA(D,I)xxxx:
It is possible to select remote protocol between MODBUS and IEC60870-5-103 though general settings.
SILAxxxxxB(C,E,F,G,H) remote protocol is impossed by the model and each model correspond to a concret protocol. These protocols can be:
IEC61850, DNP3.0 or IEC60870-5-104. In this case the protocol can not be changed from General settings.
It is necessary to enter a password to change a setting for the first time. The settings can be changed after entering the password, until returning either
manually or automatically to the standby mode screen. The system returns automatically to the standby mode screen if no key is pressed for five
minutes.
The factory setting password for the equipment is 5555. This password can be changed using the SICom program.
The keys , , and are used to enter the password. and are used to introduce a value or a character, and the and keys are used to
move from one character to another. If it is necessary to change one of the password characters or numbers due to an error, press "C" to delete it.
Press "OK to validate the password.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 240/344


7.6.12. Events Menu
From the standby mode screen, press the OK key to access the first line of menus. Use the and keys to position the cursor over the EVENTS
screen and the number of events in the buffer will be displayed. Press "OK" and use the and keys to position the cursor over the events.

EVENTS SILA000C2A12BB
C
There are 5 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

12/04/12 01:57:03260 EVENTS


OK C
Eeprom changed There are 5

12/04/12 01:57:03180 4/5: 0


OK C
52 Open Error 52 Open Error

Set Password EVENTS


RESET C
-> 0 There are 5

Set Password
C
-> 5555

Confirm
OK C
Erased Events y/n?

EVENTS
OK C
There are 1

www.fanox.com Rev.017 241/344


The and shows the event has been caused by the activation or reset of the associated status.
To delete the events buffer, position the cursor over the events menu and press and hold the "RESET" key, until there is only one event shown. This one
event is "Deleted events".
Each event contains the following information:
Date-time
Description of the event
Size of the events buffer
Position of the event within the list of events
Events generated by a status activation or reset
Associated measurement (if it has one)

Associated
Time Event number measurement

Date
01/01/00 00:54:18600 1/120 measurement
EventsErased EventsErased
Activated or
Not activated

Event Description

www.fanox.com Rev.017 242/344


7.6.13. Counters Menu
The first line of menus can be accessed from the standby mode screen by pressing the OK key. Use the and keys to move the cursor through
the different screens until it is positioned over the "COUNTERS" screen. Press "OK" and use the and keys to view the different counters. The
information displayed below the counter name is its value.
The password must be entered before attempting to change a counter for the first time. Counter changes are allowed once the password has been
entered, until the standby mode screen is returned to automatically or manually. The system returns automatically to the standby mode screen if no key
is pressed for five minutes.
The factory setting password for the equipment is 5555. The password can be changed using the SICom program.
The keys , , and are used to enter the password. and are used to introduce a value or a character, and the and keys are used to
move from one character to another. If it is necessary to change one of the password characters or numbers due to an error, press "C" to delete it.
Press "OK to validate the password.

Adaptation A

COUNTERS SILA555B2001BA
C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Openings Number COUNTERS


OK C
133

Accumulated Amps
C
14011325 k(A2)

Reclosing Numbers
C
25

Thermal Image
C
75

www.fanox.com Rev.017 243/344


Adaptation B

COUNTERS SILA5000C2A12BB
C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Openings Number COUNTERS


OK C
0

Accumulated Amps
C
0 k(A2)

Reclosing Numbers
C
0

7.6.14. Commands Menu


The first line of menus can be accessed from the standby mode screen by pressing the OK key. Use the and keys to move the cursor through
the different screens until it is positioned over the "COMMANDS" screen. Press "OK" and use the and keys to view the different possible
operations. Press the "OK" key to perform an operation, and press the "OK" key again to confirm the operation.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 244/344


Adaptation A

COMMANDS SILA555B2000BA
C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

EXECUTE COMMAND y/n COMMANDS


OK C
Open Breaker

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND y/n


OK C
Open Breaker Open Breaker

COMMANDS
OK

EXECUTE COMMAND y/n COMMANDS


C
Close Breaker

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND y/n


OK C
Close Breaker Close Breaker

COMMANDS
OK

EXECUTE COMMAND y/n COMMANDS


C
Block Recloser

www.fanox.com Rev.017 245/344


CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND y/n
OK C
Block Recloser Block Recloser

COMMANDS
OK

EXECUTE COMMAND y/n COMMANDS


C
UnBlock Recloser

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND y/n


OK C
UnBlock Reclos UnBlock Reclos

COMMANDS
OK

EXECUTE COMMAND y/n COMMANDS


C
no Telecontrol

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND y/n


OK C
no Telecontrol no Telecontrol

COMMANDS
OK

EXECUTE COMMAND y/n COMMANDS


C
Telecontrol Yes

www.fanox.com Rev.017 246/344


CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND y/n
OK C
Telecontrol Yes Telecontrol Yes

COMMANDS
OK

EXECUTE COMMAND y/n COMMANDS


C
Reset 86

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND y/n


OK C
Reset 86 Telecontrol Reset 86

COMMANDS
OK

Adaptation B

COMMANDS SILA000C2A12BB
C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

EXECUTE COMMAND COMMANDS


OK C
Open Breaker

www.fanox.com Rev.017 247/344


CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND
OK C
Open Breaker Open Breaker

4
OK
In progress

COMMANDS

EXECUTE COMMAND COMMANDS


C
Close Breaker

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND


OK C
Close Breaker Close Breaker

4
OK
In progress

COMMANDS

www.fanox.com Rev.017 248/344


EXECUTE COMMAND COMMANDS
C
P Lock 79

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND


OK C
P Lock 79 P Lock 79

4
OK
In progress

COMMANDS

EXECUTE COMMAND COMMANDS


C
P Unlck 79

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND


OK C
P Unlck 79 P Unlck 79

4
OK
In progress

COMMANDS

www.fanox.com Rev.017 249/344


EXECUTE COMMAND COMMANDS
C
Local Ctrl.

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND


OK C
Local Ctrl. Local Ctrl.

4
OK
In progress

COMMANDS

EXECUTE COMMAND COMMANDS


C
Telecontrol

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND


OK C
Telecontrol Telecontrol

4
OK
In progress

COMMANDS

www.fanox.com Rev.017 250/344


EXECUTE COMMAND COMMANDS
C
Reset

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND


OK C
Reset Reset

4
In progress

COMMANDS
OK

EXECUTE COMMAND COMMANDS


C
Reset TI

CONFIRM COMMAND y/n EXECUTE COMMAND


OK C
Reset TI Reset TI

4
In progress

COMMANDS
OK

www.fanox.com Rev.017 251/344


7.6.15. Demand menu

Demand menu is only available in SIL-A with adaptation B

DEMAND SILA000C2A12BB
C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

08/01/15 13:54 DEMAND


OK C
1.00 0.00 0.0 1.00 1.00

08/01/15 13:56
C
1.50 0.00 0.0 1.50 1.50

www.fanox.com Rev.017 252/344


7.6.16. Fault report menu

Dedicated fault report menu is only available in SIL-A with adaptation B. Apart from this it is possible to acces to faul reports by pressing key from dtandby
screen. This second option is available in both adaptations (adaptation A and adaptation B)

FAULT REPORT SILA000C2A12BB


C
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

FAULT REPORT 77 FAULT REPORT


OK C
09/01/15 10:27 51727

09/01/2015 10:27:51739 FAULT REPORT 77


OK C
79 Lockout 09/01/15 10:27 51727

Trip 51N 1/2: 1


C OK
08/01/2015 12:18:48449 79 Lockout

NOTE: Only in adaptation B, if fault report is configured to a situation that does not cause trip screen then the fault report is identified with the number of
report (example in the flowchart Fault report 77). If fault report is configured to a situation that originates a trip screen the the fault report is identified with the
trip (example in the Trip 51N)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 253/344


7.6.17. Input, Leds, logical outputs and physical outputs configuration Menu.

Adaptation A
To assign a logical input to a physical input, go to the INPUT STATUS menu. If OK is pressed from the screen that displays the inputs status
(activated or deactivated), the current status of the logical input will disappear and the physical input that it is associated with will be displayed. To
change the associated logical input, press OK and use the and keys to find the desired physical input. Confirm the choice by pressing OK.
Go up through the menu levels by pressing the "C" key.

Sta. INPUTS STATES


C

I. 52a:
OK C Sta. INPUTS
not activated

I. 52a I. 52a:
OK C
Not Asigned not activated

I. 52a
OK
Do not Asign y/n

I. 52a

Set to Input 1 y/n?

I. 52a

Set to Input 2 y/n?

www.fanox.com Rev.017 254/344


I. 52a

Set to Input 3 y/n?

I. 52a
C Sta. INPUTS
Set to Input 4 y/n?

Configuration
OK
Processing...

I. 52a
OK
Asigned to Input 4

I. 52a

Set to Input 5 y/n?

www.fanox.com Rev.017 255/344


An instant status is assigned to a physical output, a led, the 79 and 50 BF functions Pickup configuration or to the oscillography Pickup in the same way.
The user must browse the STATUS menu to the required instant status. When the status appears, press to enter the output configuration menu. Use
the and keys in this menu to find the desired physical output, led or bit. You can configure the LEDs INVERTED by pressing the "RESET" key,
in which case the symbol "" appears. You can set the FLASHING LEDs by pressing the "" key, in that case the symbol "" appears. You can
configure the LACHED LEDs by pressing the "" key, in that case the symbol "" appears.The choice is cofirmed by pressing OK.
After the confirmation is displayed on the screen, the index of 1 to 16 associated to the instantaneous status within the configuration is displayed. Go up
through the menu levels by pressing the "C" key.

Sta. 50P1 STATES


C

Phase A Pickup:
OK C Sta. 50P1
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C Sta. 50P1
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C Sta. 50P1
> LedON y/n?

Phase B Pickup: Phase B Pickup:


C Sta. 50P1
> Led1 y/n? > Led1 y/n?

Configuration
OK
Processing...

www.fanox.com Rev.017 256/344


Con 1/16 Led1
OK
Phase B Pickup

Phase B Pickup:

> Led1 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
RESET
> Led1 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Led2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Led3 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Led4 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Led5 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Output 1 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Output 2 y/n?

www.fanox.com Rev.017 257/344


Phase B Pickup:

> Output 3 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Output 4 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Output 5 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> 79 Init y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> 50BF Init y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Osc Init y/n?

To view or remove the instantaneous statuses assigned to a physical output, go to the OUTPUT STATUS" menu. When the output current status
(activated or deactivated) is displayed, press the "OK key to replace this current status reading with the first instantaneous status that is associated with
the output, along with its index number from 1 to 16. The and keys can be used in this menu to browse all of the statuses (up to 16) that are
associated with a physical output.
Press and hold the RESET key while viewing any of the instantaneous statuses associated with the output and its index number from 1 to 16 to remove
the association with the physical output.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 258/344


Adaptation B

States 50P STATES


C

Phase A Pickup: States 50P


OK C
not activated

Phase B Pickup:
C
not activated

Phase B Pickup: States 50P


C
> Led 1 y/n?

Phase B Pickup: Phase B Pickup: States 50P


C
> Led 2 y/n? > + Led 2 y/n?

Configuration
OK
Processing...

Con 1/4 Led 2


OK
Phase B Pickup

Phase B Pickup:

> Led 2 y/n?

www.fanox.com Rev.017 259/344


Phase B Pickup:

> Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Led 2 y/n

Phase B Pickup:
> & Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> $ Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> O Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> P Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Q Led 2 y/n?

www.fanox.com Rev.017 260/344


Phase B Pickup:
> R Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> o Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> p Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> q Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> r Led 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:

> Led 3 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Led 4 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Led 5 y/n?

www.fanox.com Rev.017 261/344


Phase B Pickup:
> Led 6 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Led 7 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Led-52 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Led-79 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Output 1 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Output 2 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Output 3 y/n?

Phase B Pickup:
> Output 4 y/n?

www.fanox.com Rev.017 262/344


8. MODBUS RTU PROTOCOL
8.1. SIL-A with Adaptation A
The communication parameters are as follows:
Adjustable Speed and Direction
8 data bits
No parity
1 stop bit
This document describes the steps to follow to read and write data on the SIL A relay, as
per the ModBUS/RTU protocol. This memory map is only valid for one piece of equipment
and one version of the memory. The positions of existing objects in the memory remain
fixed from one version to the next, but new objects will naturally have new addresses
which will, in turn, remain fixed in future versions. The memory map is described further
on.
The standard ModBUS/RTU protocol is used, so any program or PC can communicate
easily with the equipment.
The SIL A always acts as a slave, which means that it never initiates communications. The
master is always responsible for initiating communications.
Only a subset of the ModBUS/RTU functions is implemented:
Reading function 3.
Writing function 16.
The ModBUS/RTU protocol is independent from the hardware. Therefore, the physical
layer can exist in different hardware configurations: RS232, RS485, fibre optic or Ethernet.
Specifically, the relay has a front RS232 port and, as an option, a rear RS485 port. The
data stream in any of the configurations is half-duplex.
Each byte of data is transmitted asynchronously and is made up of: 1 Pickup bit, 8 data
bits, 1 stop bit and 1 parity bit, if this is how it is programmed. Therefore, the data has 10
or 11 bits, depending on whether or not it includes parity.
When the equipment has a single front port, the address can be configured but the rest of
the parameters are fixed: the speed is 19200, without parity and with 1 stop bit.
The equipment are two ports, one front and one rear, the following features can be
configured: speed (4800, 9600, 19200 or 38400) and the address (1 to 254).
The master must know the address of the slave that it is going to communicate with. No
unit will act on requests from the master if the message is not addressed to them. The
exception is when the 0 address, or broadcast address, is used, in which case the relay
will act but will not send an answer of any type.
Communications are made in packages or frames, which are groups of data that are sent
asynchronously. The master transmits a frame to the slave, and the slave then replies with
another frame (except in the case of broadcast messages).
The end of the frame is marked by a dead time or silence time in the communication
medium. The length of this time of silence varies depending on the transmission speed, as
it is equivalent to 3 characters.
The following table shows the generic package format that is valid for transmission and
reception. However, each function has its own peculiarities, as will be described further on.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 263/344


8.1.1. ModBus package format

CUSTOMER 1 byte Each device on a communication bus must have a unique address,
ADDRESS otherwise two different units could reply simultaneously to the same
request. All ports of the relay will use this address which can be set a
value between 1 and 247. When the master transmits a frame with
the slave address to 0 indicates a Broadcast. All the slaves in the
communications bus will carry out the requested action, but no one
will reply to the master. The Broadcast will only be accepted to write,
as it makes no sense to make a read request in the Broadcast, as no
one will reply this request.

FUNCTION 1 byte This is one of the function codes supported by the equipment. In this
CODE case, the only function codes supported are 3 to read and 16 to write.
When the slave has to reply with an exception one of these frames, it
is indicated by putting 1 in the most important bit of the correspondent
function. Thus, an exception for the function 3, will be indicated with a
83 as a function code; and an exception for the function code 16 or
0x10 in hexadecimal, will be indicated with an 0x90.

DATA N bytes This part consists of a variable number of bytes, depending on the
function code. It may include: addresses, data lengths, settings,
commands or exception codes sent by the user.

CRC 2 bytes Control code of two bytes. The ModBus/RTU includes a 16 bit CRC in
each frame, to detect errors. If the slave detects an erroneous frame,
based on a CRC that is not correct, it wont take any action, nor will
reply anything to the master. The management of the CRC is LSB-
MSB.

DEAD TIME Necessary A frame is terminated when nothing is received for a period of 3,5
time to bytes. It means:
transmit 3,5 15 ms at 2400 bps
Bytes 2 ms at 19200 bps
...etc.

8.1.2. Function codes

HEX
DEC MODBUS NAME DEFINITION COMMENT
CODE
0x03 Read Holding Reading of Any Value This function allows the master to read
1 or more consecutive addresses of a
3 Registers relay. The registers always are of 16
bits, with the most important byte at
first. The maximum number of
registers to be read in a package are
60.

0x10 Preset Multiple Script This function allows to write one or


more registers that represent one or
16 Registers more settings. The registers are values
of 2 bytes of length, transmitted with
the most important byte at first. The
maximum number of register to be
written in a package is 60.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 264/344


8.1.3. Exemptions an error answers
The error codes defined by the ModBus protocol are as follows:

The slave does not support any function with the function code
01 ILLEGAL FUNCTION
received in this message.

02 ILLEGAL DATA ADDRESS The master is trying to do an operation in a wrong address.

The slave has detected that the value sent by the master is not
03 ILLEGAL DATA VALUE
valid.

Indicates an error occurred in the slave while trying to execute the


04 SLAVE DEVICE FAILURE
request of the master.

05 ACKNOWLEDGE Generic recognition.

06 SLAVE DEVICE BUSY The slave is busy and unable to perform the required operation.

07 NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGE Generic non-recognition.

8.1.3. Data type

Type Length Description

UCHAR 1/2 Integer without sign of 1 byte

BYTE 1/2 Integer with sign of 1 byte

Gathered bits type, groups of 16.


BIT16 1 E. g.: 0x1A41 = 0001101001000001b

BIT32 2 Gathered bits type, groups of 32.

Integer without sign of 16 bits. Each of the values that the integer can be will have a
correspondence in the auxiliar list of the database. I this list is the correspondence chain
ENUM 1 which must be shown for each of the values. Memory will only receive an integer value.
E. g.: 0, 1 Correspondence to CLOSED, OPEN

DENUM 2 Integer without sign of 32 bits

UINT 1 Integer without sign of 2 bytes

INT 1 Integer with sign of 2 bytes

LONG 2 Integer without sign of 4 bytes

DWORD 2 Integer with sign of 4 bytes

FLOAT 2 Number in floating decimal point Float of 4 bytes

String: In length variable character chain. Final of String marked with \0.
ASCIIxx xx/2 E. g.: ABC 0x41x42x43x00....

MILIS 3 Minutes(passed since 00:00 of 1/1/2000)(LONG).milliseconds(UINT)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 265/344


Year(UINT).month(UCHAR).day(UCHAR).hour(UCHAR).minutes(UCHAR).seconds
FH 5 (UCHAR).hundredth(UCHAR).thousandth(UINT)

CONT 13 Directory(UINT).Value(DWORD).Description(ASCII20)

Criteria Directory(UINT).Event Identifier(UINT).Value(UINT).Associated


EVENT 9 Measure(UINT).Date and Time(FH)

EVENTO 10 Antiquity(UINT).Event(EVENT)

CCRIT 6 Criteria Number(UINT).Criteria Directory(UINT).Descriptive text(ASCII8)

PEST 61 Number of States(UINT).Protection State-1(BIT16). Protection State-60(BIT16)

PCRIT 61 Number of Criteria(UINT).Index of Criteria-1(UINT). Index of Criteria-60(UINT).

Number of Meassure(UINT).Descriptive text(ASCII7).Unit(ASCII3).Primary


CMED 8 Unit(ASCII5).Number of decimals(UCHAR)

Number of Groups(UINT).Index of the Criteria-1(UINT).Index of the first setting of the


GAJU 61 Criteria-1(UINT). Index of the Criterion-30(UINT).Index of the first setting of the Criteria-
30(UINT).

When the data format takes up more than one BYTE, the most important BYTE is sent
through the communications first, and the least important BYTE is sent last.

8.1.5. Memory map of SIL A adaptation A

Pickup Number of
Function Description Format
address registries

03 Read of Model and Version 100 44 ASCII88

See general status


03 Read of Equipment State 160 2 BIT32 map

See Passwords and


03 Read of Access Level 162 4 UCHAR8 Access Levels

See Passwords and


16 Write access code 168 2 UCHAR4 Access Levels

03 Read Date and Time 170 5 FH

16 Write Date and Time 170 5 FH

16 Write the Directory of 175 1 UINT See counters map


Counters

03 Read of Counters 176 13 CONT See counters map

16 Write of Counters 176 13 CONT See counters map

www.fanox.com Rev.017 266/344


See commands
16 Selection of Command 200 1 UINT map

See commands
16 Confirmation of Command 201 1 UINT map

See commands
16 Write the Directory of Event 400 1 UINT map

See events list


03 Read an Event 401 10 EVENT

Read and Delete the oldest See events list


03 433 9 EVENT
Event

16 Delete All Events 465 1 Dummy

Write the Directory of the See protection


16 500 1 UINT criteria map
Protection Criterion

See protection
03 Read of the Protection States 501 61 PEST status map

Read of which protection See protection


03 criterion implements the 561 61 PCRIT criteria map
equipment

Read the characteristicsof a See protection


03 681 6 CCRIT criteria map
Protection Criterion

See measures map


16 Write the Measure Directory 1000 1 UINT

See measures map


03 Read Secondary Measure 1001 2 FLOAT

See measures map


03 Read Primary Measure 1401 2 FLOAT

Read the characteristics of a See measures map


03 1801 8 CMED
measure

Write the number of the


16 Setting List
3000 1 UINT

03 Read of a Setting 3001 2 See Settings map

16 Write of a Setting 3001 2 See Settings map

Write-Confirmation of a
16 5001 2 See Settings map
Setting

Read directory of first setting


03 7001 61 GAJU See Settings map
of each protection criterion

www.fanox.com Rev.017 267/344


8.1.6. General Status map

bit-0 Trip bit-16 Ready


bit-1 External Trip Input Active bit-17 Protection Error
bit-2 RESERVED bit-18 Settings Change
bit-3 RESERVED bit-19 RESERVED
bit-4 Local Power Supply bit-20 Date and Time Synchronized
bit-5 RESERVED bit-21 No Telecontrol
bit-6 Frequency 50 Hz bit-22 Error Default Settings
bit-7 RESERVED bit-23 E2prom Error
bit-8 RESERVED bit-24 RESERVED
bit-9 RESERVED bit-25 RESERVED
bit-10 RESERVED bit-26 RESERVED
bit-11 RESERVED bit-27 Change of values in E2prom
bit-12 RESERVED bit-28 Error registering Events
bit-13 RESERVED bit-29 RESERVED
bit-14 RESERVED bit-30 RESERVED
bit-15 Measure Error bit-31 There are New Events

8.1.7. Counters Map

1 Counter to record the number of openings

2 Accumulated amps counter: It

3 Counter to record the number of reclosings

4 Thermal Image

8.1.8. Commands map

2 Open Circuit Breaker

3 Close Circuit Breaker

4 Lock the recloser

5 Unlock the recloser

6 Reset 86

www.fanox.com Rev.017 268/344


8.1.9. Measurements map

1 IA

2 IB

3 IC

4 IN

5 I2

6 Thermal Image

8.1.10. Protection criteria map

Criteria
Criteria Directory Criteria denomination
Number

1 12805 =50*256+5 50P_1

2 50*256+5+32 50P_2

3 51*256+7 50/51P

4 150*256+5 50N/G_1

5 150*256+5+32 50N/G_2

6 151*256+7 50/51N/G

7 203*256+1 COLD LOAD PICKUP (CLP)

8 24*256+1 50BF

9 46*256+1 46 (Negative sequence)

10 49*256+1 49 (Thermal Image)

11 200*256+3 General Status

12 255*256+4 Measurements

13 253*256+8 Inputs

14 254*26+14 Outputs

15 79*256+1 79 (Auto-recloser)

16 52*256+1 52 (Breaker)

17 74*256+1 74TCS

www.fanox.com Rev.017 269/344


18 252*256+2 Oscillography records

19 249*256+2 Remote ModBus Protocol

20 240*256+2 Remote IEC 60870-5-103 Protocol

21 249*256+1 Local ModBus Protocol

8.1.11. Protection status map

Criteria Protection criteria status

bit-0 Phase A Pickup

bit-1 Phase B Pickup

bit-2 Phase C Pickup

bit-3 Pickup
50P_1
bit-8 Phase A trip

bit-9 Phase B trip

bit-10 Phase C trip

bit-11 Trip

bit-0 Phase A Pickup

bit-1 Phase B Pickup

bit-2 Phase C Pickup

bit-3 Pickup
50P_2
bit-8 Phase A trip

bit-9 Phase B trip

bit-10 Phase C trip

bit-11 Trip

bit-0 Phase A Pickup

bit-1 Phase B Pickup

bit-2 Phase C Pickup

bit-3 Pickup
50/51P
bit-8 Phase A trip

bit-9 Phase B trip

bit-10 Phase C trip

bit-11 Trip

bit-4 Pickup
50N/G1
bit-12 Trip

bit-4 Pickup
50N/G2
bit-12 Trip

www.fanox.com Rev.017 270/344


bit-4 Pickup
50/51N/G
bit-12 Trip

CLP bit-12 Pickup

bit-4 Pickup
50BF
bit-12 Trip

bit-4 Pickup
46
bit-12 Trip

bit-4 Alarm
49
bit-12 Trip

bit-0 Trip
General:
Bit-1 External Trip Input

Bit-4 Battery supply

bit-6 50 Hz network frequency

bit-15 Measurement error

bit-16 Ready

bit-17 Protection error

bit-18 Settings changed

bit-20 Date and time synchronization

bit-21 Local communication

bit-22 Default settings

bit-23 EEPROM error

bit-27 EEPROM changed

bit-28 Events log error

bit-31 New Events

bit-0 Input 52a

bit-1 Input 52b

bit-2 50P block input

bit-3 50N/G block input

bit-4 External Trip Input

bit-5 Fault init Input

Inputs bit-6 79 Init Input

bit-7 79 Permission Input

bit-8 79 Lock Input

bit-9 Active Table Input 1

bit-10 Active Table Input 2

bit-11 Lock 79

bit-12 Unlock 79

bit-13 50BF Init

www.fanox.com Rev.017 271/344


bit-16 Input -1

bit-17 Input -2

bit-18 Input -3

bit-19 Input -4

bit-20 Input -5

bit-21 Input -6

bit-22 Input -7

bit-23 Input -8

bit-24 Control Voltage

bit-25 A continuity

bit-26 B continuity

bit-0 Output - 1

bit-1 Output - 2

bit-2 Output - 3

bit-3 Output - 4

bit-4 Output - 5

bit-5 79 Init

bit-6 50BF Init


Outputs
bit-7 Fault Init

bit-8 ON Led

bit-9 Led -1

bit-10 Led -2

bit-11 Led -3

bit-12 Led -4

bit-13 Led -5

bit-0 Status 79 Standby

bit-1 Status 79 Reclosing time

bit-2 Status 79 Open

bit-3 Status 79 Hold Time


79 bit-4 Status 79 Closing time

bit-5 Status 79 Replacement time

bit-6 Status 79 in Lockout

bit-7 Status 79 Safety time

bit-8 Status 79 Definitive Opening Time

bit-0 Status 52 Start

bit-1 Status 52 Error


52
bit-2 Status 52 Open

bit-3 Status 52 Opening time

www.fanox.com Rev.017 272/344


bit-4 Status 52 Opening fault

bit-5 Status 52 Closed

bit-6 Status 52 Closing time

bit-7 Status 52 Closure fault

bit-8 Status 52 excessive openings

bit-9 Status 52 excessive accumulated amperes

bit-10 Status 52 excessive openings per minute

bit-11 Status 52-A

bit-12 Status 52-B

bit-4 Pickup
74TCS
bit-12 Trip

bit-0 Remote Communication

bit-16 Command select

bit-17 Open Circuit Breaker


Remote bit-18 Close Circuit Breaker
ModBus
bit-19 Lock 79

bit-20 Unlock 79

bit-24 Reset 86

bit-0 Remote Communication

Bit-16 Command select

bit-17 Open Circuit Breaker

Remote bit-18 Close Circuit Breaker

bit-19 Lock 79

bit-20 Unlock 79

bit-24 Reset 86

bit-0 Local communication

bit-1 HMI Activity

bit-2 Local control

bit-16 Command select

bit-17 Open Circuit Breaker


Local bit-18 Close Circuit Breaker
Modbus
bit-19 Lock 79

bit-20 Unlock 79

bit-21 Telecontrol No

bit-22 Telecontrol Yes

bit-24 Reset 86

www.fanox.com Rev.017 273/344


8.1.12. Events list

Criteria EVENT No. Event identifier

1 50 Pickup up A

2 50 Pickup up B

3 50 Pickup up C

4 50 Pickup up P
50P_1
5 50 Trip A

6 50 Trip B

7 50 Trip C

8 50 Trip P

1 50 Pickup up A

2 50 Pickup up B

3 50 Pickup up C

4 50 Pickup up P
50P_2
5 50 Trip A

6 50 Trip B

7 50 Trip C

8 50 Trip P

1 50/51 Pickup up A

2 50/51 Pickup up B

3 50/51 Pickup up C

4 50/51 Pickup up P
50/51P
5 50/51 Trip A

6 50/51 Trip B

7 50/51 Trip C

8 50/51 Trip P

1 50 Pickup up N/G
50N/G_1
2 50 Trip N/G

www.fanox.com Rev.017 274/344


1 50 Pickup up N/G
50N/G_2
2 50 Trip N/G

1 50/51 Pickup up N/G


50/51N/G
2 50/51 Trip N/G

1 Pickup
CLP
2 Activation

1 Pickup
50BF
2 Trip

1 Pickup
46
2 Trip

1 Alarm
49
2 Trip

1 General Trip

7 General 50Hz

17 General Ready

18 General Error Protection

19 General adjustments change

21 General time synchronisation

22 General Telecontrol NO

23 General factory settings


General
24 General eeprom error

28 General Eeprom values change

29 General events error

30 General New Oscillography record

32 General there are events

36 General external trip

38 General Measurement error

46 General identification

47 Active table by input

www.fanox.com Rev.017 275/344


48 General Erased Events

49 Neutral pick-up

50 Phase A pick-up

51 Phase B pick-up

52 Phase C pick-up

53 General pick-up

54 Phase A trip

55 Phase B trip

56 Phase C trip

57 50N/G trip

58 50P trip

1 Input 52 a

2 Input 52 b

3 Input Block 50P

4 Input Block 50N/G

5 Input External Trip

6 Input fault init

7 Input init 79

8 Input enable 79

9 Input Locking 79
Inputs
10 Input 1 select table

11 Input 2 select table

12 Lock 79

13 Unlock 79

14 Input init 50BF

17 Input1

18 Input2

19 Input3

20 Input4

www.fanox.com Rev.017 276/344


21 Input5

22 Input6

23 Input7

24 Input8

25 Control voltage

26 Coil A continuity

27 Coil B continuity

1 Output1

2 Output2

3 Output3

4 Output4
Outputs
5 Output5

6 79 Init

7 50BF Init

8 Fault Init

1 Status 79 Standby

2 Status 79 Reclosing time

3 Status 79 Open

4 Status 79 Hold Time

79 5 Status 79 Closing time

6 Status 79 Reset time

7 Status 79 Lockout

8 Status 79 Safety time

9 Status 79 Definitive Opening Time

1 Status 52 Inicio

2 Status 52 Error
52
3 Status 52 Open

4 Status 52 Opening time

5 Status 52 Opening fault

www.fanox.com Rev.017 277/344


6 Status 52 Closed

7 Status 52 Closing time

8 Status 52 Closure fault

9 Status 52 excessive openings

10 Status 52 excessive accumulated amperes

11 Status 52 excessive openings per minute

12 Status 52-A

13 Status 52-B

1 Pickup
74TCS
2 Activation

1 Command select

2 Open Circuit Breaker

3 Close Circuit Breaker

4 Lock 79
ModBus
5 Unlock 79

6 Telecontrol NO

7 Telecontrol YES

9 Reset 86

1 Command select

2 Open Circuit Breaker

3 Close Circuit Breaker

4 Lock 79
Remote
5 Unlock 79

6 Telecontrol NO

7 Telecontrol YES

9 Reset 86

www.fanox.com Rev.017 278/344


1 Command select

2 Open Circuit Breaker

3 Close Circuit Breaker

4 Lock 79
Local Modbus
5 Unlock 79

6 Telecontrol NO

7 Telecontrol YES

9 Reset 86

8.1.13. Settings map


Pickup Address for

Pickup Address for


Write-Confirmation
Read and Write in

in ModBus

Maximum
Minimum
Category

Function
ModBus

Type

Step

Unit
Equipment
3001 5001 ASCII20 General -
identifier
Phase CT
3006 5006 LONG General 1 2000 1 -
Ratio
Neutral CT
3007 5007 LONG General 1 2000 1 -
Ratio
DENUM
3008 5008 5060Hz
General Frequency 0 1 1 Hz

DENUM
3009 5009 LANGUAGE
General Language 0 3 1 -

3010 5010 LONG General Settings Group 1 4 1 -


Communicati 60870-5-103
3011 5011 LONG 1 254 1 -
ons Address
DENUM Communicati 60870-5-103
3012 5012 BAUDRATE
0 3 1 baud
ons BaudRate
Communicati ModBus
3013 5013 LONG 1 254 1 -
ons Address
DENUM Communicati ModBus
3014 5014 BAUDRATE
0 3 1 baud
ons BaudRate
3015 5015 DENUM NOSI 50P_1 Permission 0 1 1 -
3016 5016 FLOAT 50P_1 Tap 0,10 30,00 0,01 Inominal
3017 5017 FLOAT 50P_1 Operating 0,02 300,0 0,01 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 279/344


Time
3018 5018 DENUM NOSI 50P_2 Permission 0 1 1 -
3019 5019 FLOAT 50P_2 Tap 0,10 30,00 0,01 Inominal
Operating
3020 5020 FLOAT 50P_2 0,02 300,0 0,01 s
Time
3021 5021 DENUM NOSI 50/51P Permission 0 1 1 -
DENUM
3022 5022 CURVAEXT
50/51P Curve (1*) 0 6 1 Inominal

3023 5023 FLOAT 50/51P Dial 0,05 2,20 0,01 s


3024 5024 FLOAT 50/51P Tap 0,10 7,00 0,01 -
Operating
3025 5025 FLOAT 50/51P 0,02 300,0 0,01 Inominal
Time
3026 5026 DENUM NOSI 50N/G_1 Permission 0 1 1 s
3027 5027 FLOAT 50N/G_1 Tap 0,10 30,00 0,01 Inominal
Operating
3028 5028 FLOAT 50N/G_1 0,02 300,0 0,01 s
Time
3029 5029 DENUM NOSI 50N/G_2 Permission 0 1 1 -
3030 5030 FLOAT 50N/G_2 Tap 0,10 30,00 0,01 Inominal
Operating
3031 5031 FLOAT 50N/G_2 0,02 300,0 0,01 s
Time
3032 5032 DENUM NOSI 50/51N/G Permission 0 1 1 -
DENUM
3033 5033 CURVAEXT
50/51N/G Curve (1*) 0 6 1 -

3034 5034 FLOAT 50/51N/G Dial 0,05 2,20 0,01 -


3035 5035 FLOAT 50/51N/G Tap 0,10 7,00 0,01 Inominal
Operating
3036 5036 FLOAT 50/51N/G 0,02 300,0 0,01 s
Time
3037 5037 DENUM NOSI 50BF Permission 0 1 1 -
Failure
3038 5038 FLOAT 50BF 0,02 1,00 0,001 s
Opening Time
3039 5039 DENUM NOSI 46 Permission 0 1 1 -
3040 5040 FLOAT 46 Tap 0,10 1 0,01 Inominal
Operating
3041 5041 FLOAT 46 0,02 300,0 0,01 s
Time
SIL A xxxx0xxxx model
Excessive
3042 5042 LONG 52 Number of 1 10000 1 -
Openings
Maximum
3043 5043 LONG 52 Accumulated 1 10000 1 KA2
Amps
3044 5044 FLOAT 52 Opening Time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s
3045 5045 FLOAT 52 Closing Time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 280/344


Excessive
3046 5046 LONG 52 Repeated 1 10000 1 -
Openings
Time of
Excessive
3047 5047 FLOAT 52 1,00 300,0 0,01 min
Repeated
Openings
3048 5048 DENUM NOSI 79 Permission 0 1 1 -
Hold
3049 5049 DENUM NOSI 79 0 1 1 -
permission
Number of
3050 5050 LONG 79 1 5 1 -
reclosings
3051 5051 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 1 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3052 5052 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 2 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3053 5053 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 3 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3054 5054 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 4 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3055 5055 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 5 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3056 5056 FLOAT 79 Time delay 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
Replacement
3057 5057 FLOAT 79 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
time
Definitive
3058 5058 FLOAT 79 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
Opening time
3059 5059 DENUM NOSI CLP Permission 0 1 1 -
50P_1
3060 5060 FLOAT CLP 1 5 0,01 -
Multiplier
50P_2
3061 5061 FLOAT CLP 1 5 0,01 -
Multiplier
50/51P
3062 5062 FLOAT CLP 1 5 0,01 -
Multiplier
50N/G_1Multip
3063 5063 FLOAT CLP 1 5 0,01 -
lier
50N/G_2Multip
3064 5064 FLOAT CLP 1 5 0,01 -
lier
50/51N/G
3065 5065 FLOAT CLP 1 5 0,01 -
Multiplier
Cold Load
3066 5066 FLOAT CLP 1 1800 1,00 s
pass time
3067 5067 FLOAT CLP CLP duration 1 1800 1,00 s
3068 5068 DENUM NOSI 74TCS Permission 0 1 1 -
3069 5069 FLOAT 74TCS Operating time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
SIL A xxxx1xxxx model
3042 5042 DENUM NOSI 49 Permission 0 1 1 -
3043 5043 FLOAT 49 Tap 0,1 2,40 0,01 Inominal
3044 5044 ?? 49 heating 3 600 1 min

www.fanox.com Rev.017 281/344


3045 5045 ?? 49 cooling 1 6 1 heating
3046 5046 ?? 49 Alarm 20 99 1 %
3047 5047 LONG 52 Excessive 1 10000 1 -
Number of
Openings
3048 5048 LONG 52 Maximum 1 10000 1 KA2
Accumulated
Amps
3049 5049 FLOAT 52 Opening Time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s
3050 5050 FLOAT 52 Closing Time 0,02 300,0 0,01 s
3051 5051 LONG 52 Excessive 1 10000 1 -
Repeated
Openings
3052 5052 FLOAT 52 Time of 1,00 300,0 0,01 min
Excessive
Repeated
Openings
3053 5053 DENUM NOSI 79 Permission 0 1 1 -
3054 5054 DENUM NOSI 79 Hold permission 0 1 1 -
3055 5055 LONG 79 Number of 1 5 1 -
reclosings
3056 5056 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 1 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3057 5057 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 2 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3058 5058 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 3 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3059 5059 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 4 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3060 5060 FLOAT 79 Reclose time 5 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3061 5061 FLOAT 79 Time delay 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
3062 5062 FLOAT 79 Replacement 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
time
3063 5063 FLOAT 79 Definitive 0,02 300,00 0,01 s
Opening time
3064 5064 DENUM NOSI CLP Permission 0 1 1 -
3065 5065 FLOAT CLP 50P_1 Multiplier 1 5 0,01 -
3066 5066 FLOAT CLP 50P_2 Multiplier 1 5 0,01 -
3067 5067 FLOAT CLP 50/51P Multiplier 1 5 0,01 -
3068 5068 FLOAT CLP 50N/G_1 1 5 0,01 -
Multiplier
3069 5069 FLOAT CLP 50N/G_2 1 5 0,01 -
Multiplier
3070 5070 FLOAT CLP 50/51N/G 1 5 0,01 -
Multiplier
3071 5071 FLOAT CLP Cold Load pass 1 1800 1,00 s
time
3072 5072 FLOAT CLP CLP duration 1 1800 1,00 s
3073 5073 DENUM NOSI 74TCS Permission 0 1 1 -
3074 5074 FLOAT 74TCS Operating time 0,02 300,00 0,01 s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 282/344


(1*) Values of the curve:

Value Curve

0 IEC 60255-151 inverse

1 IEC 60255-151 very inverse

2 IEC 60255-151 extremely inverse

3 Definite time

www.fanox.com Rev.017 283/344


8.1.14. Examples of ModBus frames
Writing the access password 5555 to equipment no. 1

Number
H Pickup L Pickup Number of Number of checksum checks
address function of Password
address address H registers L registers H um L
Bytes

01 10 00 A8 00 02 04 35,35,35,35 30 F4

And the SIL-A will reply OK:


Number Number
H Pickup L Pickup Number of L checksum checksum
address function of H of
address address registers H L
registers Bytes

01 10 00 A8 00 02 04 29 93

Reading the 4 measurements from the primary winding of equipment no. 1


H Pickup L Pickup Number of Number of
address function checksum H checksum L
address address H registers L registers

01 03 05 79 00 08 95 19

And the SIL-A will reply with the IA, IB, IC and I0 measurements in FLOAT format:
Number
Measurement Measurement Measurement Measurement checksum checksum
address function of
IA IB IC IN H L
Bytes
01 03 10 00,00,00,00 00,00,00,00 00,00,00,00 00,00,00,00 E4 59

Reading the protection status of equipment no. 1


H Pickup L Pickup Number of Number of
address function checksum H checksum L
address address H registers L registers

01 03 01 F5 00 3D 95 D5

And the SIL-A will reply with:


Number of 50P 51P 50G 51G General Inputs Outputs COM
address function
Bytes Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status

01 03 7A 00,09 00,00 00,00 00,00 00,00,00,D2 80,21 00,00 00,03

RESERVED checksum H checksum L

00,00,00,01,00,00,00,00,.,7C,B1,0A,AF,DD 3B 1D

www.fanox.com Rev.017 284/344


8.2. SIL-A with Adaptation B
8.2.1. ModBus package format

CUSTOMER 1 byte Each device on a communication bus must have a unique address,
ADDRESS otherwise two different units could reply simultaneously to the same
request. All ports of the relay will use this address which can be set a value
between 1 and 247. When the master transmits a frame with the slave
address to 0 indicates a Broadcast. All the slaves in the communications
bus will carry out the requested action, but no one will reply to the master.
The Broadcast will only be accepted to write, as it makes no sense to make
a read request in the Broadcast, as no one will reply this request.

FUNCTION 1 byte This is one of the function codes supported by the equipment. In this case,
CODE the only function codes supported are 3 to read and 16 to write. When the
slave has to reply with an exception one of these frames, it is indicated by
putting 1 in the most important bit of the correspondent function. Thus, an
exception for the function 3, will be indicated with a 83 as a function code;
and an exception for the function code 16 or 0x10 in hexadecimal, will be
indicated with an 0x90.

DATA N bytes This part consists of a variable number of bytes, depending on the function
code. It may include: addresses, data lengths, settings, commands or
exception codes sent by the user.

CRC 2 bytes Control code of two bytes. The ModBus/RTU includes a 16 bit CRC in each
frame, to detect errors. If the slave detects an erroneous frame, based on a
CRC that is not correct, it wont take any action, nor will reply anything to the
master. The management of the CRC is LSB-MSB.

DEAD TIME Necessary A frame is terminated when nothing is received for a period of 3,5 bytes. It
time to means:
transmit 3,5 15 ms at 2400 bps
Bytes 2 ms at 19200 bps
...etc.

8.2.2. Function codes

HEX
DEC MODBUS NAME DEFINITION COMMENT
CODE

0x03 Read Holding Reading of Any Value This function allows the master to read
1 or more consecutive addresses of a
3 Registers relay. The registers always are of 16
bits, with the most important byte at
first. The maximum number of
registers to be read in a package are
60.

0x10 Preset Multiple Script This function allows to write one or


more registers that represent one or
16 Registers more settings. The registers are values
of 2 bytes of length, transmitted with
the most important byte at first. The
maximum number of register to be
written in a package is 60.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 285/344


8.2.3. Exemptions an error answers
The error codes defined by the ModBus protocol are as follows:

The slave does not support any function with the function code
01 ILLEGAL FUNCTION
received in this message.

02 ILLEGAL DATA ADDRESS The master is trying to do an operation in a wrong address.

The slave has detected that the value sent by the master is not
03 ILLEGAL DATA VALUE
valid.

Indicates an error occurred in the slave while trying to execute the


04 SLAVE DEVICE FAILURE
request of the master.

05 ACKNOWLEDGE Generic recognition.

06 SLAVE DEVICE BUSY The slave is busy and unable to perform the required operation.

07 NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGE Generic non-recognition.

8.2.4. Data type

Type Length Description

UCHAR 1/2 Integer without sign of 1 byte

BYTE 1/2 Integer with sign of 1 byte

Gathered bits type, groups of 16.


BIT16 1 E. g.: 0x1A41 = 0001101001000001b

BIT32 2 Gathered bits type, groups of 32.

Integer without sign of 16 bits. Each of the values that the integer can be
will have a correspondence in the auxiliar list of the database. I this list is
ENUM 1 the correspondence chain which must be shown for each of the values.
Memory will only receive an integer value.
E. g.: 0, 1 Correspondence to CLOSED, OPEN

DENUM 2 Integer without sign of 32 bits

UINT 1 Integer without sign of 2 bytes

INT 1 Integer with sign of 2 bytes

LONG 2 Integer without sign of 4 bytes

DWORD 2 Integer with sign of 4 bytes

FLOAT 2 Number in floating decimal point Float of 4 bytes

String: In length variable character chain. Final of String marked with \0.
ASCIIxx xx/2 E. g.: ABC 0x41x42x43x00....

www.fanox.com Rev.017 286/344


MILIS 3 Minutes(passed since 00:00 of 1/1/2000)(LONG).milliseconds(UINT)

Year(UINT).month(UCHAR).day(UCHAR).hour(UCHAR).minutes(UCHAR
FH 5 ).seconds (UCHAR).hundredth(UCHAR).thousandth(UINT)

CONT 13 Directory(UINT).Value(DWORD).Description(ASCII20)

Criteria Directory(UINT).Event Identifier(UINT).Value(UINT).Associated


EVENT 9 Measure(UINT).Date and Time(FH)

EVENTO 10 Antiquity(UINT).Event(EVENT)

CCRIT 6 Criteria Number(UINT).Criteria Directory(UINT).Descriptive text(ASCII8)

Number of States(UINT).Protection State-1(BIT16). Protection State-


PEST 61 60(BIT16)

Number of Criteria(UINT).Index of Criteria-1(UINT). Index of Criteria-


PCRIT 61 60(UINT).

Number of Meassure(UINT).Descriptive
CMED 8 text(ASCII7).Unit(ASCII3).Primary Unit(ASCII5).Number of
decimals(UCHAR)

Number of Groups(UINT).Index of the Criteria-1(UINT).Index of the first


GAJU 61 setting of the Criteria-1(UINT). Index of the Criterion-30(UINT).Index of
the first setting of the Criteria-30(UINT).

When the data format takes up more than one BYTE, the most important BYTE is sent
through the communications first, and the least important BYTE is sent last.

8.2.5. Memory map of SIL-A Adaptation B

Start Number of
Function Description Format
address registries

16 Write the Directory of 1 1 UINT


Event

16 Write the number of the 6 1 UNIT


Setting List

03 Read of Model and Version 100 44 ASCII88

16 Access type 162 2 UCHAR4 See Passwords and Access


Levels

16 Session start 168 2 UCHAR4 See Passwords and Access


Levels

03 and 16 Date and Time 170 5 FH

16 Selection of Command 200 1 UINT See commands map

16 Confirmation of Command 201 1 UINT See commands map

03 and 16 Counters 202 2 CONT Number of openings

03 and 16 Counters 204 2 CONT Accumulated amperes

www.fanox.com Rev.017 287/344


03 and 16 Counters 212 2 CONT Number of reclosings

03 Serial number 252 2 LONG

03 Equipment identifier 254 44 ASCII88

03 Primary measurement 300 2 FLOAT MEASUREMENT_IA

03 Primary measurement 302 2 FLOAT MEASUREMENT _IB

03 Primary measurement 304 2 FLOAT MEASUREMENT _IC

03 Primary measurement 306 2 FLOAT MEASUREMENT _IN

03 Primary measurement 308 2 FLOAT MEASUREMENT _IMAX

03 Primary measurement 310 2 FLOAT MEASUREMENT _TI

03 Primary measurement 312 2 FLOAT MEASUREMENT _I2

03 Primary measurement 314 2 FLOAT MEASUREMENT _I1

Read and Delete the oldest


03 400 11 EVENTO2 See events list
Event

03 One event reading 410 11 EVENTO2 See events list

16 Delete All Events 420 1 dummy

03 and 16 Events number 421 2

General states in status and


03 State reading 500 2 BIT32
events section

State reading Local communication in status


03 502 2 BIT32
and events section

State reading 50P1 in status and events


03 504 2 BIT32
section

State reading 50/51P in status and events


03 506 2 BIT32
section

State reading 50N/G_1 in status and events


03 508 2 BIT32
section

State reading 50/51N/G in status and


03 510 2 BIT32
events section

State reading Inputs in status and events


03 512 2 BIT32
section

State reading Outputs in status and events


03 514 2 BIT32
section

State reading Trip block in status and


03 516 2 BIT32
events section

State reading 50BF in status and events


03 518 2 BIT32
section

State reading 52 in status and events


03 520 2 BIT32
section

www.fanox.com Rev.017 288/344


State reading 49 in status and events
03 522 2 BIT32
section

State reading Remote communication states


03 524 2 BIT32
map

State reading 79 in status and events


03 526 2 BIT32
section

State reading 50P2 in status and events


03 528 2 BIT32
section

State reading 50N/G_2 in status and events


03 530 2 BIT32
section

State reading 46 in status and events


03 532 2 BIT32
section

State reading CLP in status and events


03 534 2 BIT32
section

State reading 74TCS in status and events


03 536 2 BIT32
section

State reading 74CT in status and events


03 538 2 BIT32
section

State reading IEC60870-5-103 in status and


03 540 2 BIT32
events section

State reading Leds in status and events


03 542 2 BIT32
section

State reading Logoc in status and events


03 544 2 BIT32
section

State reading 37 in status and events


03 546 2 BIT32
section

State reading 46BC in status and events


03 548 2 BIT32
section

03 and 16 Setting 600 10 ASCII20 Equipment identifier

03 and 16 Setting 610 2 DENUM 5060Hz Frequency

03 and 16 Setting 612 2 LONG Serial number

Setting DENUM Language


03 and 16 614 2
LANGUAGE

03 and 16 Setting 616 2 LONG Active group

Setting DENUM
03 and 16 618 2 Phase nominal current
CURRENT

Setting DENUM
03 and 16 620 2 Neutral nominal current
CURRENT

03 and 16 Setting 622 2 FLOAT CT phase ratio

03 and 16 Setting 624 2 FLOAT CT neutral ratio

03 and 16 Setting 626 2 LONG Local address

www.fanox.com Rev.017 289/344


03 and 16 Setting 628 2 LONG Remote address

03 and 16 Setting 630 2 DENUMBAUD Remote baudrate

03 and 16 Setting 632 2 DENUM NOSI F50P1 Permission

03 and 16 Setting 634 2 FLOAT F50P1 Tap

03 and 16 Setting 636 2 FLOAT F50P1 Operating time

03 and 16 Setting 638 2 DENUM NOSI F50/51P Permission

03 and 16 Setting 640 2 DENUMCURVA F50/51P Curve

03 and 16 Setting 642 2 FLOAT F50/51P Dial

03 and 16 Setting 644 2 FLOAT F50/51P Tap

03 and 16 Setting 646 2 FLOAT F50/51P Definite time

03 and 16 Setting 648 2 DENUM NOSI F50N/G_1 Permission

03 and 16 Setting 650 2 FLOAT F50N/G_1 Tap

03 and 16 Setting 652 2 FLOAT F50N/G_1 Operating time

03 and 16 Setting 654 2 DENUM NOSI F50/51N/G Permission

03 and 16 Setting 656 2 LONG F50/51N/G Curve

03 and 16 Setting 658 2 FLOAT F50/51N/G Dial

03 and 16 Setting 660 2 FLOAT F50/51N/G Tap

03 and 16 Setting 662 2 FLOAT F50/51N/G Definite time

03 and 16 Setting 664 2 DENUM NOSI F49 Permission

03 and 16 Setting 666 2 FLOAT F49 Tap

03 and 16 Setting 668 2 LONG F49 Heating constant

03 and 16 Setting 670 2 LONG F49 cooling constant

03 and 16 Setting 672 2 LONG F49 Alarm

03 and 16 Setting 674 2 DENUM NOSI T. Block permission

03 and 16 Setting 676 2 FLOAT T. Block tap

03 and 16 Setting 678 2 DENUM NOSI F50P2 Permission

03 and 16 Setting 680 2 FLOAT F50P2 Tap

03 and 16 Setting 682 2 FLOAT F50P2 Operating time

03 and 16 Setting 684 2 DENUM NOSI F50N/G_2 Permission

03 and 16 Setting 686 2 FLOAT F50N/G_2 Tap

03 and 16 Setting 688 2 FLOAT F50N/G_2 Operating time

www.fanox.com Rev.017 290/344


03 and 16 Setting 690 2 DENUM NOSI F46 Permission

03 and 16 Setting 692 2 DENUMCURVA 46 P Curve

03 and 16 Setting 694 2 FLOAT 46 Dial

03 and 16 Setting 696 2 FLOAT F46 Tap

03 and 16 Setting 698 2 FLOAT F46Definite time

03 and 16 Setting 700 2 DENUM NOSI F37 Permission

03 and 16 Setting 702 2 FLOAT F37 Tap

03 and 16 Setting 704 2 FLOAT F37 Operating time

03 and 16 Setting 706 2 DENUM NOSI F50BF Permission

03 and 16 Setting 708 2 FLOAT F50BF Operating time

03 and 16 Setting 710 2 LONG F52 Max openings number

03 and 16 Setting 712 2 LONG F52 Max amperes number

03 and 16 Setting 714 2 FLOAT F52 Max opening time

03 and 16 Setting 716 2 FLOAT F52 Max closing time

03 and 16 Setting 718 2 LONG F52 Excess openings number

03 and 16 Setting 720 2 FLOAT F52 Excess openings time

03 and 16 Setting 722 2 DENUM NO SI F79 Permission

03 and 16 Setting 724 2 DENUM NO SI F79 Hold permission

03 and 16 Setting 726 2 FLOAT F79 Number of reclosings

03 and 16 Setting 728 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 1 time

03 and 16 Setting 730 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 2 time

03 and 16 Setting 732 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 3 time

03 and 16 Setting 734 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 4 time

03 and 16 Setting 736 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 5 time

03 and 16 Setting 738 2 FLOAT F79 Hold time

03 and 16 Setting 740 2 FLOAT F79 Reset time

03 and 16 Setting 742 2 FLOAT F79 Def. opening time

03 and 16 Setting 744 2 DENUM NO SI CLP Permission

03 and 16 Setting 746 2 LONG CLP Active table

03 and 16 Setting 748 2 FLOAT CLP No load time

03 and 16 Setting 750 2 FLOAT CLP cold load time

www.fanox.com Rev.017 291/344


03 and 16 Setting 752 2 DENUM NO SI F74TCS Permission

03 and 16 Setting 754 2 FLOAT F74TCS Operating time

03 and 16 Setting 756 2 DENUM NO SI F74CT Permission

03 and 16 Setting 758 2 FLOAT F74CT Operating time

Setting DENUM
03 and 16 760 2 Protocol
PROTOCOL

03 and 16 Setting 762 22 DENUM NOSI F46BC Permission

03 and 16 Setting 764 2 FLOAT F46BC Tap

03 and 16 Setting 766 2 FLOAT F46BC Operating time

03 and 16 Confirm setting 800 10 ASCII20 Equipment identifier

03 and 16 Confirm setting 810 2 DENUM 5060Hz Frequency

03 and 16 Confirm setting 812 2 LONG Serial number

Confirm setting DENUM Language


03 and 16 814 2
LANGUAGE

03 and 16 Confirm setting 816 2 LONG Active group

Confirm setting DENUM


03 and 16 818 2 Phase Nominal current
CURRENT

Confirm setting DENUM


03 and 16 820 2 Neutral Nominal current
CURRENT

03 and 16 Confirm setting 822 2 FLOAT CT phase ratio

03 and 16 Confirm setting 824 2 FLOAT CT neutral ratio

03 and 16 Confirm setting 826 2 LONG Local address

03 and 16 Confirm setting 828 2 LONG Remote address

03 and 16 Confirm setting 830 2 DENUMBAUD Remote Baudrate

03 and 16 Confirm setting 832 2 DENUM NOSI F50P1 Permission

16 Confirm setting 834 2 FLOAT F50P1 Tap

16 Confirm setting 836 2 FLOAT F50P1 Operating time

16 Confirm setting 838 2 DENUM NOSI F50/51P Permission

16 Confirm setting 840 2 DENUMCURVA F50/51P Curve

16 Confirm setting 842 2 FLOAT F50/51P Dial

16 Confirm setting 844 2 FLOAT F50/51P Tap

16 Confirm setting 846 2 FLOAT F50/51P Definite time

16 Confirm setting 848 2 DENUM NOSI F50N/G_1 Permission

www.fanox.com Rev.017 292/344


16 Confirm setting 850 2 FLOAT F50N/G_1 Tap

16 Confirm setting 852 2 FLOAT F50N/G_1 Operating time

16 Confirm setting 854 2 DENUM NOSI F50/51N/G Permission

16 Confirm setting 856 2 LONG F50/51N/G Curve

16 Confirm setting 858 2 FLOAT F50/51N/G Dial

16 Confirm setting 860 2 FLOAT F50/51N/G Tap

16 Confirm setting 862 2 FLOAT F50/51N/G Definite time

16 Confirm setting 864 2 DENUM NOSI F49 Permission

16 Confirm setting 866 2 FLOAT F49 Tap

16 Confirm setting 868 2 LONG F49 Heating constant

16 Confirm setting 870 2 LONG F49 cooling constant

16 Confirm setting 872 2 LONG F49 Alarm

16 Confirm setting 874 2 DENUM NOSI Blocking trip permission

16 Confirm setting 876 2 FLOAT Blocking trip tap

16 Confirm setting 878 2 DENUM NOSI F50P2 Permission

16 Confirm setting 880 2 FLOAT F50P2 Tap

16 Confirm setting 882 2 FLOAT F50P2 Operating time

16 Confirm setting 884 2 DENUM NOSI F50N/G_2 Permission

16 Confirm setting 886 2 FLOAT F50N/G_2 Tap

16 Confirm setting 888 2 FLOAT F50N/G_2 Operating time

16 Confirm setting 890 2 DENUM NOSI F46 Permission

16 Confirm setting 892 2 DENUMCURVA F46 Curve

16 Confirm setting 894 2 FLOAT F46 Dial

16 Confirm setting 896 2 FLOAT F46 Tap

16 Confirm setting 898 2 FLOAT F46 Definite time

16 Confirm setting 900 2 DENUM NOSI F37 Permission

16 Confirm setting 902 2 FLOAT F37 Tap

16 Confirm setting 904 2 FLOAT F37 Operating time

16 Confirm setting 906 2 DENUM NOSI F50BF Permission

16 Confirm setting 908 2 FLOAT F50BF Operating time

16 Confirm setting 910 2 LONG F52 Max openings number

www.fanox.com Rev.017 293/344


16 Confirm setting 912 2 LONG F52 Max amperes number

16 Confirm setting 914 2 FLOAT F52 Max opening time

16 Confirm setting 916 2 FLOAT F52 Max closing time

16 Confirm setting 918 2 LONG F52 Excessive openings

16 Confirm setting 920 2 FLOAT F52 excessive openings/time

16 Confirm setting 922 2 DENUM NO SI F79 Permission

16 Confirm setting 924 2 DENUM NO SI F79 Hold Permission

16 Confirm setting 926 2 FLOAT F79 Number of reclosings

16 Confirm setting 928 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 1 time

16 Confirm setting 930 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 2 time

16 Confirm setting 932 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 3 time

16 Confirm setting 934 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 4 time

16 Confirm setting 936 2 FLOAT F79 Reclosing 5 time

16 Confirm setting 938 2 FLOAT F79 hold time

16 Confirm setting 940 2 FLOAT F79 Reset time

16 Confirm setting 942 2 FLOAT F79 Def. opening time

16 Confirm setting 944 2 DENUM NO SI CLP Permission

16 Confirm setting 946 2 LONG CLP Active table

16 Confirm setting 948 2 FLOAT CLP No load time

16 Confirm setting 950 2 FLOAT CLP cold load time

16 Confirm setting 952 2 DENUM NO SI F74TCS Permission

16 Confirm setting 954 2 FLOAT F74TCS Operating time

16 Confirm setting 956 2 DENUM NO SI F74CT Permission

16 Confirm setting 958 2 FLOAT F74CT Operating time

Confirm setting 2 DENUM


16 960 Protocol
PROTOCOL

16 Confirm setting 962 2 DENUM NOSI F46BC Permission

16 Confirm setting 964 2 FLOAT F46BC Tap

16 Confirm setting 966 2 FLOAT F46BC Operating time

www.fanox.com Rev.017 294/344


8.2.6. Commands map

2 Open Circuit breaker

3 Close circuit breaker

4 Pulse Lock 79

5 Pulse Unlock 79

6 Local control

7 Telecontrol

9 Reset

8 Reset thermal image

www.fanox.com Rev.017 295/344


8.2.7. Examples of Mosdbus frames
Writing the access password 5555 to equipment no. 1

Number
H Pickup L Pickup Number of Number of checksum checks
address function of Password
address address H registers L registers H um L
Bytes

01 10 00 A8 00 02 04 35,35,35,35 30 F4

And the SIL-A will reply OK:


Number Number
H Pickup L Pickup Number of L checksum checksum
address function of H of
address address registers H L
registers Bytes

01 10 00 A8 00 02 04 29 93

Reading the 4 measurements from the primary winding of equipment no. 1


H Pickup L Pickup Number of Number of
address function checksum H checksum L
address address H registers L registers

01 03 05 79 00 08 95 19

And the SIL-A will reply with the IA, IB, IC and I0 measurements in FLOAT format:
Number
Measurement Measurement Measurement Measurement checksum checksum
address function of
IA IB IC IN H L
Bytes
01 03 10 00,00,00,00 00,00,00,00 00,00,00,00 00,00,00,00 E4 59

Reading the protection status of equipment no. 1


H Pickup L Pickup Number of Number of
address function checksum H checksum L
address address H registers L registers

01 03 01 F5 00 3D 95 D5

9. And the SIL-A will reply with:


Number of 50P 51P 50G 51G General Inputs Outputs COM
address function
Bytes Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status

01 03 7A 00,09 00,00 00,00 00,00 00,00,00,D2 80,21 00,00 00,03

10.

RESERVED checksum H checksum L

00,00,00,01,00,00,00,00,.,7C,B1,0A,AF,DD 3B 1D

www.fanox.com Rev.017 296/344


11. IEC 60870-5-103 PROTOCOL
This section describes the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 implementation in the unit.

9.1. Physical layer


Electrical interface

X RS-485

32 Number of loads for one protection equipment

Transmission speed

X 4800 bits/s

X 9600 bits/s

X 19200 bits/s

X 38400 bits/s

Transmission parameters

Data size 8 bit

parity EVEN

Stop bits 1

9.2. Application layer


Transmission mode for application data
Mode 1 (least significant octet first), as defined in 4.10 of IEC 60870-5-4, is used
exclusively in this companion standard.
The following functions are supported:
Initialization
General Interrogation
Synchronization
Commands transmission
Information in monitor direction:
<1>:= time-tagged message
<2>:= time-tagged message with relative time
<3>:= measurands I
<5>:= identification
<6>:= time synchronization
<8>:= general interrogation termination

www.fanox.com Rev.017 297/344


Information in control direction:
<6>:= time synchronization
<7>:= general interrogation
<20>:= general command
Common address of ASDU

X One COMMON ADDRESS OF ASDU (identical with station address)

More than one COMMON ADDRESS OF ASDU

255 GLOBAL ADDRESS

Selection of standard information numbers in monitor direction


ADAPT ADAPT
A B
FUN INF Description TYP COT

System functions in monitor direction

X X 160 <0> End of general interrogation 8 End of GI

X X 160 <0> Time synchronization 6 TS

X X 160 <2> Reset FCB 5 Reset FCB

X X 160 <3> Reset CU 5 Reset CU

X X 160 <4> Start/restart 5 Start/restart

<5> Power on

Status indications in monitor direction

X X 160 <16> Auto-recloser active 1 SE,GI

X X 160 <17> Teleprotection active 1 SE,GI

X X 160 <18> Protection active 1 SE,GI

<19> LED reset

<20> Monitor direction locked

<21> Test mode

X X 160 <22> Local parameter setting 1 SE,GI

<23> Characteristic 1

<24> Characteristic 2

<25> Characteristic 3

<26> Characteristic 4

X X 160 <27> Auxiliary input 1 1 SE,GI

www.fanox.com Rev.017 298/344


X X 160 <28> Auxiliary input 2 1 SE,GI

X X 160 <29> Auxiliary input 3 1 SE,GI

X X 160 <30> Auxiliary input 4 1 SE,GI

Supervision indications in monitor direction

<32> Measurment supervision I

<33> Measurement supervision V

<35> Phase sequence supervision

X X 160 <36> Trip circuit supervision 1 SE,GI

<37> I>> back-up operation

<38> VT fuse failure

<39> Teleprotection disturbed

<46> Group warning

<47> Group alarm

Earth fault indications in monitor direction

<48> Earth fault L1

<49> Earth fault L2

<50> Earth fault L3

<51> Earth fault forward, i.e. line

<52> Earth fault reverse, i.e. busbar

Fault indications in monitor direction

X X 160 <64> Pickup L1 2 SE

X X 160 <65> Pickup L2 2 SE

X X 160 <66> Pickup L3 2 SE

X X 160 <67> Pickup N 2 SE

X X 160 <68> General trip 2 SE

X X 160 <69> Trip L1 2 SE

X X 160 <70> Trip L2 2 SE

X X 160 <71> Trip L3 2 SE

<72> Trip I>> (back-up operation)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 299/344


<73> Fault location X in ohms

<74> Fault forward / line

<75> Fault forward / busbar

<76> Teleprotection signal transmitted

<77> Teleprotection signal received

<78> Zone 1

<79> Zone 2

<80> Zone 3

<81> Zone 4

<82> Zone 5

<83> Zone 6

X X 160 <84> General Pickup 2 SE

X X 160 <85> Breaker failure 1 SE,GI

<86> Trip measuring system L1

<87> Trip measuring system L2

<88> Trip measuring system L3

<89> Trip measuring system E

X X 160 <90> Trip I> 2 SE

X X 160 <91> Trip I>> 2 SE

X X 160 <92> Trip IN> 2 SE

X X 160 <93> Trip IN>> 2 SE

Auto-reclosure indications in monitor direction

X X 160 <128> CB 'on' by AR 2 SE

<129> CB 'on' by long-time AR

X X 160 <130> AR blocked 1 SE,GI

Measurements in monitor direction

<144> Measurement I

<145> Measurement I, V

www.fanox.com Rev.017 300/344


<146> Measurements I, V, P, Q

<147> Measurements In, Vn

X X 160 <148> Measurements IL123, VL123, P, Q, f (**) 9 CYC

Generic functions in monitor direction

X X 200 <1> CB close / open 1 SE,GI

X 200 <2> 52 Status Closed 1 SE,GI

X 200 <3> 52 Status Open Time 2 SE

X X 200 <4> 52 Status Open Failure 2 SE

X X 200 <5> 52 Status Close Failure 2 SE

X X 200 <6> 52 Status excessive openings 2 SE

52 Status excessive sum of switched


X X 200 <7> 1 SE,GI
amperes
52 Status excessive openings per
X X 200 <8> 1 SE,GI
minute
52 Status excessive openings per
X X 200 <9> 1 SE,GI
minute

X X 200 <10> 52-A Status 1 SE,GI

X X 200 <11> 52-B Status 1 SE,GI

X 200 <12> 52 Status Error 1 SE

X X 200 <16> 79 Status Reclose Time 2 SE

X X 200 <17> 79 Status Open 2 SE

X X 200 <18> 79 Status Wait Time 2 SE

X X 200 <19> 79 Status Reset Time 2 SE

X X 200 <20> 79 Status Security Time 2 SE

X X 200 <21> 79 Status final open Time 2 SE

X X 200 <23> Start 2 SE

www.fanox.com Rev.017 301/344


X 200 <24> GEN 50Hz 1 SE,GI

X 200 <26> GEN Measurement Error 1 SE,GI

X 200 <28> GEN synchronism 2 SE

X 200 <29> GEN Eeprom with default values 1 SE,GI

X 200 <30> GEN eeprom Error 1 SE,GI

X 200 <31> GEN Eeprom values changed 1 SE,GI

<32> GEN Events Error

<33> GEN New Oscillograph register

X X 200 <48> 52 a Input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <49> 52 b Input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <50> Phase lockout input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <51> Ground lockout input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <52> External trip input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <53> Fault init input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <54> 79 init input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <55> 79 Enable input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <56> 79 Level lockout input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <57> 1 Setting group input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <58> 2 Setting group input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <59> 79 pulse lockout input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <60> 79 pulse unlock input 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <61> 50BF init input 1 SE, GI

X 200 <62> Control voltage 1 SE, GI

www.fanox.com Rev.017 302/344


X X 200 <63> Continuity A 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <64> Continuity B 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <76> Auxiliary input 5 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <77> Auxiliary input 6 1 SE, GI

X 200 <78> Auxiliary input 7 1 SE, GI

X 200 <79> Auxiliary input 8 1 SE, GI

X 200 <92> Auxiliary output 1 1 SE, GI

X 200 <93> Auxiliary output 2 1 SE, GI

X 200 <94> Auxiliary output 3 1 SE, GI

X 200 <95> Auxiliary output 4 1 SE, GI

<96> Auxiliary output 5

<97> Auxiliary output 6

<98> Auxiliary output 7

<99> Auxiliary output -8

<100> Auxiliary output -9

<101> Auxiliary output -10

<102> Auxiliary output -11

<103> Auxiliary output -12

<116> 79 init

<117> 50BF init

<118> Fault init

<119> 79 Enabled

<120> 52 Close enabled

www.fanox.com Rev.017 303/344


X 200 <132> Command Selection 2 SE

X X 200 <133> CB Open 2 SE

X X 200 <134> CB Close 2 SE

X X 200 <135> 79 Lockout 2 SE

X X 200 <136> 79 Unlock 2 SE

X X 200 <137> Remote control into Local 2 SE

X X 200 <138> Telecontrol into Remote 2 SE

X 200 <140> Switching selection 2 SE

X X 200 <141> Open CB 2 SE

X X 200 <142> Close CB 2 SE

X X 200 <143> Lockout 79 2 SE

X X 200 <144> Unlock 79 2 SE

X 200 <148> Switching selection 2 SE

X X 200 <149> Open CB 2 SE

X X 200 <150> Close CB 2 SE

X X 200 <151> Lockout 79 2 SE

X X 200 <152> Unlock 79 2 SE

X 200 <153> 49 Reset 1 SE, GI

X X 200 <160> Activation 1 SE, GI

X 201 <1> 46 Start 2 SE

X 201 <2> 46 Trip 2 SE

X 201 <8> 49 Alarm 2 SE

X 201 <9> 49 Trip 2 SE

www.fanox.com Rev.017 304/344


<16> 32 Start

<17> 32 Trip

<18> 32 Start

<19> 32 Trip

<20> 32 Start

<21> 32 Trip

<22> 32 Start

<23> 32 Trip

X 201 <24> 37 Start A 2 SE

X 201 <25> 37 Start B 2 SE

X 201 <26> 37 Start C 2 SE

X 201 <27> 37 Start P 2 SE

X 201 <28> 37 Trip A 2 SE

X 201 <29> 37 Trip B 2 SE

X 201 <30> 37 Trip C 2 SE

X 201 <31> 37 Trip P 2 SE

<32> 37 Start A

<33> 37 Start B

<34> 37 Start C

<35> 37 Start P

<36> 37 Trip A

<37> 37 Trip B

<38> 37 Trip C

www.fanox.com Rev.017 305/344


<39> 37 Trip P

X X 201 <40> 50BF Start 2 SE

X X 201 <41> 50BF Activation 2 SE

X X 201 <48> 50 Start N 2 SE

X X 201 <49> 50 Trip N 2 SE

X X 201 <50> 50 Start N 2 SE

X X 201 <51> 50 Trip N 2 SE

X X 201 <52> 50 Start A 2 SE

X X 201 <53> 50 Start B 2 SE

X X 201 <54> 50 Start C 2 SE

X X 201 <55> 50 Start P 2 SE

X X 201 <56> 50 Trip A 2 SE

X X 201 <57> 50 Trip B 2 SE

X X 201 <58> 50 Trip C 2 SE

X X 201 <59> 50 Trip P 2 SE

X X 201 <60> 50 Start A 2 SE

X X 201 <61> 50 Start B 2 SE

X X 201 <62> 50 Start C 2 SE

X X 201 <63> 50 Start P 2 SE

X X 201 <64> 50 Trip A 2 SE

X X 201 <65> 50 Trip B 2 SE

X X 201 <66> 50 Trip C 2 SE

X X 201 <67> 50 Trip P 2 SE

www.fanox.com Rev.017 306/344


X X 201 <72> 51 Start N 2 SE

X 201 <73> 51 Trip N 2 SE

X X 201 <76> 51 Start A 2 SE

X X 201 <77> 51 Start B 2 SE

X X 201 <78> 51 Start C 2 SE

X X 201 <79> 51 Start P 2 SE

X X 201 <80> 51 Trip A 2 SE

X X 201 <81> 51 Trip B 2 SE

X X 201 <82> 51 Trip C 2 SE

X 201 <83> 51 Trip P 2 SE

<96> 67 Start N

<97> 67 Trip N

<98> 67 Start N

<99> 67 Trip N

<100> 67 Start A

<101> 67 Start B

<102> 67 Start C

<103> 67 Start P

<104> 67 Trip A

<105> 67 Trip B

<106> 67 Trip C

<107> 67 Trip P

<108> 67 Start A

www.fanox.com Rev.017 307/344


<109> 67 Start B

<110> 67 Start C

<111> 67 Start P

<112> 67 Trip A

<113> 67 Trip B

<114> 67 Trip C

<115> 67 Trip P

202 <1> Live Line, Live Bus

<2> Live Line, Dead Bus

<3> Dead Line, Live Bus

<4> Dead Line, Dead Bus

<5> Synchronism Permmision

<8> 27 Start A

<9> 27 Start B

<10> 27 Start C

<11> 27 Start P

<12> 27 Trip A

<13> 27 Trip B

<14> 27 Trip C

<15> 27 Trip P

<16> 27 Start A

<17> 27 Start B

<18> 27 Start C

www.fanox.com Rev.017 308/344


<19> 27 Start P

<20> 27 Trip A

<21> 27 Trip B

<22> 27 Trip C

<23> 27 Trip P

<24> 59 Start N

<25> 59 Trip N

<26> 59 Start N

<27> 59 Trip N

<28> 59 Start A

<29> 59 Start B

<30> 59 Start C

<31> 59 Start P

<32> 59 Trip A

<33> 59 Trip B

<34> 59 Trip C

<35> 59 Trip P

<36> 59 Start A

<37> 59 Start B

<38> 59 Start C

<39> 59 Start P

<40> 59 Trip A

<41> 59 Trip B

www.fanox.com Rev.017 309/344


<42> 59 Trip C

<43> 59 Trip P

<48> 81 Start

<49> 81 Trip

<50> 81 Lockout

<51> 81 Start

<52> 81 Trip

<53> 81 Lockout

<54> 81 Start

<55> 81 Trip

<56> 81 Lockout

<57> 81 Start

<58> 81 Trip

<59> 81 Lockout

X 203 <1> 46BC Start 2 SE

X 203 <2> 46BC Trip 2 SE

X 203 <3> 74TC Trip 1 SE,GI

X 203 <4> 74TC Start 2 SE

X 203 <5> Trip Block 1 SE,GI

(**) Type Identification 9 : Measurands II (Measurements IL123, VL123, P, Q, f)


SIL-A relay uses this type to send the value of the currents IL1, IL2 and IL3, the other
measures remain with value 0.
Each current value is in the range 0 4095 where 4095 corresponds to 1,2*In
e.g. a received value of 806 with a nominal value In=5A corresponds to 1,18A

www.fanox.com Rev.017 310/344


Selection of standard information numbers in control direction

ADAPT ADAPT
FUN INF Description TYP COT
A B

System functions in control direction

X X 160 <0> Initiation of general interrogation 7 Init of GI

X X 160 <0> Time synchronization 6 TS

General commands in control direction

X X 160 <16> Auto-recloser on (1) / off (0) 20 ACK,NACK

<17> Teleprotection on / off

<18> Protection on / off

X X 160 <19> LED reset (0) 20 ACK,NACK

<23> Activate characteristic 1

<24> Activate characteristic 2

<25> Activate characteristic 3

<26> Activate characteristic 4

Generic functions in control direction

<240> Read headings of all defined groups


Read values or attributes of all entries of
<241>
one group
<243> Read directory of a single entry

<244> Read value or attribute of a single entry


End of general interrogation of generic
<245>
data
<248> Write entry

<249> Write entry with confirmation

<250> Write entry with execution

<251> Write entry aborted

Particular commands in control direction

X X 200 <1> CB close (1) / open (0) 20 ACK,NACK

X 200 <153> 49 Reset (0) 20 ACK,NACK

www.fanox.com Rev.017 311/344


12. IEC 61850 PROTOCOL

This section describes the implementation of IEC 61850 protocol in standard SILA.
IEC 61850 protocol defines a way of structuring the available information in each device,
that is reflected in the Data Model and a way of managing and sending this information
through communications using specific Services.
SILA device will be known as a Server IED (Intelligent Electronic Device), which services
will be available using the Ethernet through its default IP (192.168.0.121)
MMS will be the used Ethernet protocol for the Client-Server communication and 102 will
be the used port.
GOOSE fast messages is not a Client-Server communication like TCP/IP but a Multicast
communication that sends messages directly to the Link Layer using MAC directions as
destination directions for publishing the GOOSE.

10.1. Data model


Server IEDs have all the information of all their events, measures, parameters and
services, organized in a hierachical structure with devices functional units as main ones.
The main level of the structure is the name of the IED, by default TEMPLATE, with its
instance LD1
Down the IED there are Logical Nodes that represent the functional units of the IED
(Protection, Control and measure units, status of external elements like circuit breaker,
etc.)
Inside Logical Nodes there are Data objects that compose a functional unit, and inside
each Data object, there are Data attributes that give complete information about this Data
object.
As example, the ground overcurrent protection unit is represented in SILA according IEC
61850 as the logical node PIOC, with the prefix GND and the instance 1: GNDPIOC1
In the Logical Node, the starting of the unit is represented by its Data Object, Str, with a list
of Data Attributes that give information about the starting:
Attribute neut indicates the status of the starting, t attribute indicates the time stamp when
the starting has changed, etc.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 312/344


The Data model of SILA according IEC 61850 is represented in the following tables:
Protection:

Function Logical Node Data Object Data Attribute

General Start / Pick up PTRC1 Str general

Start / pick up L1 PTRC1 Str phsA

Start / pick up L2 PTRC1 Str phsB

Start / pick up L3 PTRC1 Str phsC

Start / pick up N PTRC1 Str neut

General Trip PTRC1 Tr general

Trip L1 PTRC1 Op phsA

Trip L2 PTRC1 Op phsB

Trip L3 PTRC1 Op phsC

50P_1 Start A (PHS)PIOC1 Str phsA

50P_1 Start B (PHS)PIOC1 Str phsB

50P_1 Start C (PHS)PIOC1 Str phsC

50P_1 Start P (PHS)PIOC1 Str general

50P_1 Trip A (PHS)PIOC1 Op phsA

50P_1 Trip B (PHS)PIOC1 Op phsB

50P_1 Trip C (PHS)PIOC1 Op phsC

50P_1 Trip P (PHS)PIOC1 Op general

www.fanox.com Rev.017 313/344


50P_2 Start A (PHS)PIOC2 Str phsA

50P_2 Start B (PHS)PIOC2 Str phsB

50P_2 Start C (PHS)PIOC2 Str phsC

50P_2 Start P (PHS)PIOC2 Str general

50P_2 Trip A (PHS)PIOC2 Op phsA

50P_2 Trip B (PHS)PIOC2 Op phsB

50P_2 Trip C (PHS)PIOC2 Op phsC

50P_2 Trip P (PHS)PIOC2 Op general

CLP Activation RCLP1 Op general

50BF Start RBRF1 Str general

Break Failure RBRF1 OpEx general

50BF Activation RBRF1 OpIn general

50N/G_1 Start (GND)PIOC1 Str general

50N/G_1 Trip (GND)PIOC1 Op general

50N/G_2 Start (GND)PIOC2 Str general

50N/G_2 Trip (GND)PIOC2 Op general

Adaptation B includes:

Function Logical Node Data Object Data Attribute

37P_1 Start A (PHS)PTUC1 Str phsA

37P_1 Start B (PHS)PTUC1 Str phsB

37P_1 Start C (PHS)PTUC1 Str phsC

37P_1 Start P (PHS)PTUC1 Str general

37P_1 Trip A (PHS)PTUC1 Op phsA

37P_1 Trip B (PHS)PTUC1 Op phsB

37P_1 Trip C (PHS)PTUC1 Op phsC

37P_1 Trip P (PHS)PTUC1 Op general

46 Start (NGS)PTOC1 Str general

46 Trip (NGS)PTOC1 Op general

49 Alarm PTTR1 AlmThm general

49 Trip PTTR1 Op general

www.fanox.com Rev.017 314/344


Measures:

Function Logical Node Data Object Data Attribute

Current Phase B MMXU1 A.phsB cVal.mag.i

System Functions:

Function Logical Node Data Object Attribute

Teleprotection active LLN0 LocKey stVal

Protection active LPHD1 PwrUp stVal

Auxiliary Input 1 GGIO1 Ind1 stVal

Auxiliary Input 2 GGIO1 Ind2 stVal

Auxiliary Input 3 GGIO1 Ind3 stVal

Auxiliary Input 4 GGIO1 Ind4 stVal

Auxiliary Input 5 GGIO1 Ind5 stVal

Auxiliary Input 6 GGIO1 Ind6 stVal

Auxiliary Input 7 (Adapt. A) GGIO1 Ind7 stVal

Auxiliary Input 8 (Adapt. A) GGIO1 Ind8 stVal

79 Enabled GGIO2 Ind1 stVal

Local Parameter Setting GGIO2 Ind2 stVal

Trip Circuit Supervision GGIO2 Ind3 stVal

Trip I> GGIO2 Ind4 stVal

Trip IN> GGIO2 Ind5 stVal

CB on by AR GGIO2 Ind6 stVal

52 Status Open Failure GGIO2 Ind7 stVal

52 Status Close Failure GGIO2 Ind8 stVal

52 Status excessive openinigs GGIO2 Ind9 stVal

52 Status excessive sum of


GGIO2 Ind10 stVal
switched amperes

52 Status excessive openings per


GGIO2 Ind11 stVal
minute

52-A Status GGIO2 Ind12 stVal

www.fanox.com Rev.017 315/344


52-B Status GGIO2 Ind13 stVal

52 Status Error (Adapt. A) GGIO2 Ind14 stVal

79 Status Reclose Time GGIO2 Ind15 stVal

79 Status Open GGIO2 Ind16 stVal

79 Status Wait Time GGIO2 Ind17 stVal

79 Status Reclaim Time GGIO2 Ind18 stVal

79 Status Security Time GGIO2 Ind19 stVal

79 Status Final opne Time GGIO2 Ind20 stVal

52 a Input GGIO2 Ind30 stVal

52 b Input GGIO2 Ind31 stVal

Phase block input GGIO2 Ind32 stVal

Ground block input GGIO3 Ind1 stVal

External trip input GGIO3 Ind2 stVal

Fault init input GGIO3 Ind3 stVal

79 Init input GGIO3 Ind4 stVal

79 Enable input GGIO3 Ind5 stVal

79 Level lockout input GGIO3 Ind6 stVal

1 Setting group input GGIO3 Ind7 stVal

2 Setting group input GGIO3 Ind8 stVal

79 pulse lockout input GGIO3 Ind9 stVal

79 pulse unlock input GGIO3 Ind10 stVal

50BF init input GGIO3 Ind11 stVal

Control Voltage (Adapt. A) GGIO3 Ind12 stVal

Continuity A GGIO3 Ind13 stVal

Continuity B GGIO3 Ind14 stVal

49 Reset GGIO3 Ind15 stVal

Start SCBC1 ColFail stVal

Fault init RDRE1 RcdStr stVal

52 closed Status CSWI1 Pos stVal

52 Status Open Time CSWI1 OpOpn stVal

52 close CSWI1 OpCls stVal

www.fanox.com Rev.017 316/344


Adaptation B includes:

Function Logical Node Data Object Data Attribute

Auxiliary Output 1 (Adapt. B) GGIO1 Ind9 stVal

Auxiliary Output 2 (Adapt. B) GGIO1 Ind10 stVal

Auxiliary Output 3 (Adapt. B) GGIO1 Ind11 stVal

Auxiliary Output 4 (Adapt. B) GGIO1 Ind12 stVal

Gen 50Hz (Adapt. B) GGIO2 Ind21 stVal

Measure Error (Adapt. B) GGIO2 Ind23 stVal

Time Synchronization (Adapt. B) GGIO2 Ind24 stVal

Eeprom with default values (Adapt. B) GGIO2 Ind25 stVal

Eeprom Error (Adapt. B) GGIO2 Ind26 stVal

Eeprom values changed (Adapt. B) GGIO2 Ind27 stVal

CTS Activation GGIO3 Ind15 stVal

CTS Start GGIO3 Ind16 stVal

Broken Conductor Start GGIO3 Ind17 stVal

Broken Conductor Trip GGIO3 Ind18 stVal

Trip Block GGIO3 Ind19 stVal

www.fanox.com Rev.017 317/344


10.2. Services
Standard SILA disposes of the following services according IEC 61850:

DATASETS
A Dataset is a grouping of information from the data model of the IED:
These groupings can be used by other services for the sending of information (GOOSE,
RCB, BRC).
The definition of Datasets has to be made in a IEC61850s file with extension .ICD (IED
Capability Description) that is provided with the device.
By default there are 4 Datasets, grouped according the functionality (Trips, Measures,
Events and Goose):

Trips, with the name of Trips and the following data objects:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 318/344


Measures, with the name of Measures and the following data objects:

Events, with the name of Events and the following data objects:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 319/344


Goose, with the name of Goose and the following data attributes:

REPORTS
The Report service is used for the sending of values from elements of a Dataset to a
communication client that enables the report service (Central unit of Substation, remote
unit o software application).
The use of Reports optimizes the communication when the information of the
associated Dataset is only sent when there is a change of value, when is requested or
time integrity is enabled.

There are 2 kind of Reports, BRCB and URCB.


BRCB have a time buffer to store reports in the case a client has disconnected or the
information had lost.
It is usually used for reporting events, alarms and trips.
URCB have not this time buffer and it is not possible recovering lost or past reports.
They are usually used for reporting of measures.

Standard SILA device is pre configured with 10 URCB associated to the Measures
Dataset:

10 BRCB associated to Events Dataset and another 10 to Trips Dataset:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 320/344


This way, up to 10 different clients can dispose of the whole information of events and
measures.

GOOSE
Goose service allows the Multicast sending (to multiple devices) of the existing information
in a Dataset.
Goose message is an Ethernet message that is continuously cast to the Ethernet and
every device can analyze it.
Standard SILA disposes by default a Goose message associated to the Goose Dataset:

This message is sent to the Ethernet with a latency time of 30 seconds till one of the
values of the element of the Dataset changes, then the message is sent immediately in a
repeating way in a short time, increasing till reaching the latency time.

10.3. Operation
Standard SILA is pre configured with a sample configuration to be integrated in an IEC
61850 system.
It disposes all the Data model with all the functionallity available via MMS (using a
software application like IEDScout) or via Reports (with their Event, measure or Trip
Datasets) in case a client needs to receive information from the device.
To retrieve the data model from the device to a PC with an IEC 61850 tool, it is only
required the IP of the device (by default 192.168.0.121).The tool has to be able of asking
the data model automatically.
The name of the IED is by default TEMPLATELD1 and below it there is the data model
with its logical nodes, data objects and data attributes according IEC 61850.
The common way to integrate a new IED in a SCADA is using reports and the ICD files
from SILA provided for this purpose.
From the ICD file of SILA, the client device has to select a Report with the associated
Dataset. This way, client will have a list of signals that will use to configure its own
database. Once client device is configured, the communication between server could be
initiated by the client by enabling the report and receving the existing information from the
report.
Each client has different ways of configuring, so it will be necessary referring to
IEC61850s configuration chapter from the clients manual.
Goose message is activated by default and is published with the information from the
Goose dataset (General Trips and Starts) into the net.
One IED that requires the information from a Goose has to be configured using the ICD
file from SILA. In this file appears the default parameters of the Goose message.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 321/344


13. DNP 3.0 PROTOCOL

11.1. Device profile document

DNP V3.00
DEVICE PROFILE DOCUMENT
This document must be accompanied by : Implementation Table and Point List.

Vendor Name: FANOX Electronic, S.L.

Device Name: SIL-A

Highest DNP Level Supported: Device Function:

For Requests 2 Master Slave


For Responses 2

Notable objects, functions, and/or qualifiers supported in addition to the Highest DNP Levels
Supported (the complete list is described in the attached table):

For static (non-change-event) object requests, request qualifier codes 07 and 08 (limited
quantity), and 17 and 28 (index) are supported. Static object requests sent with qualifiers
07, or 08, will be responded with qualifiers 00 or 01.

16-bit, 32-bit and Floating Point Analog Change Events with Time may be requested.

Maximum Data Link Frame Size (octets): Maximum Application Fragment Size (octets):

Transmitted _____292______ Transmitted ___2048___


Received _____292______ Received ___2048___

Maximum Data Link Re-tries: Maximum Application Layer Re-tries:

None None
Fixed at ____________________ Configurable
Configurable, from _0_ to _255_
Default, 3
Requires Data Link Layer Confirmation:

Never
Always
Sometimes. If 'Sometimes', when? ____________________________________________
Configurable as Never, Only for multi-frame messages, or Always. Default Never

Requires Application Layer Confirmation:

Never
Always (not recommended)
When reporting Event Data (Slave devices only)
When sending multi-fragment responses (Slave devices only)

www.fanox.com Rev.017 322/344


Sometimes. If 'Sometimes', when?
Configurable as: Only when reporting event data, or When reporting event data or
multi-fragment messages.

Timeouts while waiting for:

Data Link Confirm Configurable


Complete Appl. Fragment None ble
Application Confirm Configurable
Complete Appl. Response None

Others Need Time Interval, configurable, default Enable


Need Restart IIN, configurable, default Disable
Unsolicited Response Retry Delay, configurable, default 2000ms
Unsolicited Offline Interval, configurable, default 3000ms

Sends/Executes Control Operations:

WRITE Binary Outputs Never Sometimes


SELECT (3) / OPERATE (4) Never
DIRECT OPERATE (5) Always
DIRECT OPERATE - NO ACK (6) Always

Count > 1 Never


Pulse On Always
Pulse Off Always
Latch On Always
Latch Off Always imes

Queue Never
Clear Queue Never
_______________________________________________________________________

Attach explanation:

All points support the same Function Codes :Direct Operate and Direct Operate-No ACK
All points support the same Control Codes : Pulse ON, Latch ON, Latch OFF, Pulse OFF
and Trip-Pulse ON.

www.fanox.com Rev.017 323/344


FILL OUT THE FOLLOWING ITEMS FOR SLAVE DEVICES ONLY:

Reports Binary Input Change Events when no Reports time-tagged Binary Input Change Events
specific variation requested: when no specific variation requested:
Never Never
Only time-tagged Binary Input Change With Time
Only non-time-tagged Binary Input Change With Relative Time
Configurable to send both, one or the Configurable (attach explanation)
other (attach explanation)

Sends Unsolicited Responses: Sends Static Data in Unsolicited Responses:


Never Never
Configurable When Device Restarts
Only certain objects (Class 1) When Status Flags Change
Sometimes (attach explanation)
No other options are permitted.
ENABLE/DISABLE UNSOLICITED
Function codes supported

Default Counter Object/Variation: Counters Roll Over at:


No Counters Reported No Counters Reported
Configurable (attach explanation) Configurable (attach explanation)
Default Object ____________ 16 Bits
Default Variation ____________ 32 Bits
Point-by-point list attached Other Value _____________
Point-by-point list attached

Sends Multi-Fragment Responses: Yes No

QUICK REFERENCE FOR DNP3.0 LEVEL 2 FUNCTION CODES & QUALIFIERS

Function Codes 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Index Size Qualifier Code
1 Read
2 Write
3 Select Index Size Qualifier Code
4 Operate
5 Direct Operate 0- No Index, Packed 0- 8-Bit Start and Stop Indices
6 Direct Operate-No ACK 1- 1 byte Index 1- 16-Bit Start and Stop Indices
13 Cold Start 2- 2 byte Index 2- 32-Bit Start and Stop Indices
14 Warm Start 3- 4 byte Index 3- 8-Bit Absolute address Ident.
20 Enable Unsol. Messages 4- 1 byte Object Size 4- 16-Bit Absolute address Ident.
5- 2 byte Object Size 5- 32-Bit Absolute address Ident.
21 Disable Unsol. Messages 6- 4 byte Object Size 6- No Range Field (all)
23 Delay Measurement 7- 8-Bit Quantity
129 Response 8- 16-Bit Quantity
130 Unsolicited Message 9- 32-Bit Quantity
11-(0xB) Variable array

www.fanox.com Rev.017 324/344


11.2. Implementation table

REQUEST RESPONSE
OBJECT
(BCD will parse) (BCD will respond)
Func Qual Func Qual
Obj Var Description Codes Codes Codes Codes Notes
(dec) (hex) (dec) (hex)
1 0 Binary Input All variations 1 6
Assigned to
1 1 Binary Input 129 1 Class 0.

2 0 Binary Input Change All variations 1 6,7,8

2 1 Binary Input Change without Time 1 6,7,8 129


Assigned to
2 2 Binary Input Change with Time 1 6,7,8 129,130 28 Class 1.

2 3 Binary Input Change with Relative Time 1 6,7,8 129

10 0 Binary Outputs All variations 1 6 129

12 1 Control Relay Output Block 4,5,6 17,28 129 17,28

30 0 Analog Input All variations 1 6


Assigned to
30 2 16-Bit Analog Input 129 1 Class 0.

32 0 Analog Change Event All variations 1 6,7,8


Assigned to
32 4 16-Bit Analog Change Event with Time 129,130 28 Class 2.
7
50 1 Time and Date 2 129
count=1
7
52 2 Time Delay Fine 23 129
count=1
60 1 Class 0 Data 1 6

60 2 Class 1 Data 1 6,7,8

20,21 6

60 3 Class 2 Data 1 6,7,8

20,21 6

60 4 Class 3 Data 1 6,7,8

20,21 6
0
80 1 Internal Indications 2
index=7
-- -- No Object (Cold Start) 13

-- -- No Object (Warm Start) 14

www.fanox.com Rev.017 325/344


-- -- No Object (Delay Measurement) 23

11.3. Point list (Adaptation A)


BINARY INPUT (OBJECT 1) -> Assigned to Class 0.
BINARY INPUT CHANGE (OBJECT 2) -> Assigned to Class 1.
Index Description
0 Protection active
1 Auxiliary input 1
2 Auxiliary input 2
3 Auxiliary input 3
4 Auxiliary input 4
5 Auxiliary input 5
6 Auxiliary input 6
7 Auxiliary input 7
8 Auxiliary input 8
9 Auto-recloser active
10 Teleprotection active
11 Local parameter setting
12 Trip circuit supervision
13 Start / pick-up L1
14 Start / pick-up L2
15 Start / pick-up L3
16 Start / pick-up N
17 General trip
18 Trip L1
19 Trip L2
20 Trip L3
21 General start / pick-up
22 Breaker failure
23 Trip I>>
24 Trip IN>>
25 CB 'on' by AR
26 AR blocked
27 CB close / open
28 52 Status Closed
29 52 Status Open Time
30 52 Status Open Failure
31 52 Status Close Failure
32 52 Status excessive openings
33 52 Status excessive sum of switched amperes
34 52 Status excessive openings per minute
35 52-A Status
36 52-B Status
37 52 Status Error
38 79 Status Reclose Time
39 79 Status Open
40 79 Status Wait Time
41 79 Status Reclaim Time
42 79 Status Security Time
43 79 Status final open Time
44 Start Trip Circuit Supervision

www.fanox.com Rev.017 326/344


BINARY INPUT (OBJECT 1) -> Assigned to Class 0.
BINARY INPUT CHANGE (OBJECT 2) -> Assigned to Class 1.
Index Description
45 52 a Input
46 52 b Input
47 Phase lockout input
48 Ground lockout input
49 External trip input
50 Fault init input
51 79 Init input
52 79 Enable input
53 79 Level lockout input
54 1 Setting group input
55 2 Setting group input
56 79 pulse lockout input
57 79 pulse unlock input
58 50BF Init input
59 Voltage command
60 Continuity A
61 Continuity B
62 Maneuver Selection (local)
63 CB Open (local)
64 CB Close (local)
65 79 Lockout (local)
66 79 Unlock (local)
67 Remote control into Local
68 Telecontrol into Remote
69 Maneuver Selection (Modbus remote)
70 Open CB (Modbus remote)
71 Close CB (Modbus remote)
72 Lockout 79 (Modbus remote)
73 Unlock 79 (Modbus remote)
74 Maneuver Selection (remote)
75 Open CB (remote)
76 Close CB (remote)
77 Lockout 79 (remote)
78 Unlock 79 (remote)
79 CLP Activation
80 46 Start
81 46 Trip
82 50_1 Start N
83 50_1 Trip N
84 50_2 Start N
85 50_2 Trip N
86 50_1 Start A
87 50_1 Start B
88 50_1 Start C
89 50_1 Start P
90 50_1 Trip A
91 50_1 Trip B
92 50_1 Trip C
93 50_1 Trip P
94 50_2 Start A
95 50_2 Start B
96 50_2 Start C
97 50_2 Start P

www.fanox.com Rev.017 327/344


BINARY INPUT (OBJECT 1) -> Assigned to Class 0.
BINARY INPUT CHANGE (OBJECT 2) -> Assigned to Class 1.
Index Description
98 50_2 Trip A
99 50_2 Trip B
100 50_2 Trip C
101 50_2 Trip P
102 51 Start N
103 51 Trip N
104 51 Start A
105 51 Start B
106 51 Start C
107 51 Start P
108 51 Trip A
109 51 Trip B
110 51 Trip C
111 51 Trip P

CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT BLOCK (OBJECT 12)


Index Description
0 Lock/Unlock 79
1 52 open/close

ANALOG INPUT (OBJECT 30) -> Assigned to Class 0.


ANALOG INPUT CHANGE (OBJECT 32) -> Assigned to Class 2.
Index Description Full Scale Range (Referenced to In=1A or In=5A)
0 Phase A current 0 to 6 / 0 to 1,2 Amps (0 to 4095).
1 Phase B current 0 to 6 / 0 to 1,2 Amps (0 to 4095).
2 Phase C current 0 to 6 / 0 to 1,2 Amps (0 to 4095).
3 Phase A voltage 0 to 76,2 Volts (0 to 4095).
4 Phase B voltage 0 to 76,2 Volts (0 to 4095).
5 Phase C voltage 0 to 76,2 Volts (0 to 4095).
6 Active Power 0 to 228,6 / 0 to 1143 Watts (0 to 4095).
7 Reactive Power 0 to 228,6 / 0 to 1143 Watts (0 to 4095).
8 Frequency 0 to 60 / 0 to 72 Hz (0 to 4095).

In SIL-A relay, the value of the currents IL1, IL2 and IL3 have valid values, the other
measures remain with value 0.
Each current value is in the range 0 4095 where 4095 corresponds to 1,2*In
e.g. a received value of 806 with a nominal value In=5A corresponds to 1,18A

www.fanox.com Rev.017 328/344


11.4. Point list (Adaptation B)
BINARY INPUT (OBJECT 1) -> Assigned to Class 0.
BINARY INPUT CHANGE (OBJECT 2) -> Assigned to Class 1.
Index Description
0 Protection active
1 Auxiliary input 1
2 Auxiliary input 2
3 Auxiliary input 3
4 Auxiliary input 4
5 Auxiliary input 5
6 Auxiliary input 6
7 Auxiliary output 1
8 Auxiliary output 2
9 Auxiliary output 3
10 Auxiliary output 4
11 Auto-recloser active
12 Teleprotection active
13 Local parameter setting
14 Trip circuit supervision
15 Start / pick-up L1
16 Start / pick-up L2
17 Start / pick-up L3
18 Start / pick-up N
19 General trip
20 Trip L1
21 Trip L2
22 Trip L3
23 General start / pick-up
24 Breaker failure
25 Trip I>>
26 Trip IN>>
27 CB 'on' by AR
28 AR blocked
29 CB close / open
30 52 Status Open Time
31 52 Status Open Failure
32 52 Status Close Failure
33 52 Status excessive openings
34 52 Status excessive sum of switched amperes
35 52 Status excessive openings per minute
36 52-A Status
37 52-B Status
38 79 Status Reclose Time
39 79 Status Open
40 79 Status Wait Time
41 79 Status Reclaim Time
42 79 Status Security Time
43 79 Status final open Time
44 Start Trip Circuit Supervision
45 50 HZ
46 Measurement Error
47 Synchronism
48 Eeprom with default values
49 Eeprom Error
50 Eeprom values changed
51 52 a Input

www.fanox.com Rev.017 329/344


BINARY INPUT (OBJECT 1) -> Assigned to Class 0.
BINARY INPUT CHANGE (OBJECT 2) -> Assigned to Class 1.
Index Description
52 52 b Input
53 Phase lockout input
54 Ground lockout input
55 External trip input
56 Fault init input
57 79 Init input
58 79 Enable input
59 79 Level lockout input
60 1 Setting group input
61 2 Setting group input
62 79 pulse lockout input
63 79 pulse unlock input
64 50BF Init input
65 Continuity A
66 Continuity B
67 CB Open (local)
68 CB Close (local)
69 79 Lockout (local)
70 79 Unlock (local)
71 Remote control into Local
72 Telecontrol into Remote
73 Open CB (Modbus remote)
74 Close CB (Modbus remote)
75 Lockout 79 (Modbus remote)
76 Unlock 79 (Modbus remote)
77 Open CB (remote)
78 Close CB (remote)
79 Lockout 79 (remote)
80 Unlock 79 (remote)
81 49 Reset
82 CLP Activation
83 46 Start
84 46 Trip
85 49 Alarm
86 49 Trip
87 37 Start A
88 37 Start B
89 37 Start C
90 37 Start P
91 37 Trip A
92 37 Trip B
93 37 Trip C
94 37 Trip P
95 50BF Start
96 50BF Activation
97 50_1 Start N
98 50_1 Trip N
99 50_2 Start N
100 50_2 Trip N
101 50_1 Start A
102 50_1 Start B
103 50_1 Start C
104 50_1 Start P

www.fanox.com Rev.017 330/344


BINARY INPUT (OBJECT 1) -> Assigned to Class 0.
BINARY INPUT CHANGE (OBJECT 2) -> Assigned to Class 1.
Index Description
105 50_1 Trip A
106 50_1 Trip B
107 50_1 Trip C
108 50_1 Trip P
109 50_2 Start A
110 50_2 Start B
111 50_2 Start C
112 50_2 Start P
113 50_2 Trip A
114 50_2 Trip B
115 50_2 Trip C
116 50_2 Trip P
117 51 Start N
118 51 Start A
119 51 Start B
120 51 Start C
121 51 Start P
122 51 Trip A
123 51 Trip B
124 51 Trip C
125 46BC Start
126 46BC Trip
127 74TC Trip
128 74TC Start
129 Trip Block

CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT BLOCK (OBJECT 12)


Index Description
0 Lock/Unlock 79
1 52 open/close
2 LED Reset
3 49 Reset

ANALOG INPUT (OBJECT 30) -> Assigned to Class 0.


ANALOG INPUT CHANGE (OBJECT 32) -> Assigned to Class 2.
Index Description Full Scale Range (Referenced to In=1A or In=5A)
0 Phase A current 0 to 6 / 0 to 1,2 Amps (0 to 4095).
1 Phase B current 0 to 6 / 0 to 1,2 Amps (0 to 4095).
2 Phase C current 0 to 6 / 0 to 1,2 Amps (0 to 4095).
3 Phase A voltage 0 to 76,2 Volts (0 to 4095).
4 Phase B voltage 0 to 76,2 Volts (0 to 4095).
5 Phase C voltage 0 to 76,2 Volts (0 to 4095).
6 Active Power 0 to 228,6 / 0 to 1143 Watts (0 to 4095).
7 Reactive Power 0 to 228,6 / 0 to 1143 Watts (0 to 4095).
8 Frequency 0 to 60 / 0 to 72 Hz (0 to 4095).

In SIL-A relay, the value of the currents IL1, IL2 and IL3 have valid values, the other
measures remain with value 0.
Each current value is in the range 0 4095 where 4095 corresponds to 1,2*In
e.g. a received value of 806 with a nominal value In=5A corresponds to 1,18A

www.fanox.com Rev.017 331/344


11.5. DNP3 protocol settings
Minimum Maximum Default
Setting Name Type Step Current Value
Value Value Value

RTU Address Integer 0 65535 1 1

Validate Source Address Boolean 0 (No) 1 (Yes) 0 1

Application Confirm Integer 0 4294967295 5000 1 msec.


Timeout

Enable Unsol. Report Boolean 0 (No) 1 (Yes) 1 (Yes) 1

Source Address Integer 0 65534 4 1

Unsol. Retry Delay Integer 0 4294967295 2000 1 msec.

Unsol. Max Retries Integer 0 65535 3 1

Unsol. Offline Retry Delay Integer 0 4294967295 3000 1 msec.

RTU Address : Remote Terminal Unit Address.


Validate Source Address: Slave respond only if the source address in received requests
matches configured source.

Application Confirm Timeout: Specifies how long the slave DNP device will wait for an
application layer confirmation from the master.

Enable Unsolicited Reporting: Enables or disables Unsolicited responses.

Source Address: Destination address of the Master device to which the unsolicited responses
are to be sent.

Unsolicited Retry Delay: Specifies the time to delay after an unsolicited confirm timeout before
retrying the unsolicited response.

Unsolicited Max. Retries: How many times should this slave resend Unsols before declaring
the station offline

Unsolicited Offline Retry Delay: How often to retry unsolicited responses after maxRetries
attempts

www.fanox.com Rev.017 332/344


12. APPENDIX

12.1. Identification:
Date: .

Official: .

Substation: ...

Circuit: .

Model: .

Serial no.: ..

Software Versions:

www.fanox.com Rev.017 333/344


12.2. Checks:
Cabling check:
Box earth:
Vaux value:

12.3. Switches configuration:


12.3.1. LPCT Models in adptation A
50 Hz
60 Hz

LPCT setting

OFF ON OFF ON
50 A

100 A
Phase A
200 A

+ 400 A

OFF ON
750 A
+ 50 A

800 A max Phase B

OFF ON

Phase C

In adaptation B there is not switches

www.fanox.com Rev.017 334/344


12.4. Test menu:
Led -1: Output 1:
Led -2: Output 2:
Led -3: Output 3:
Led -4: Output 4:
Led -5: Output 5:
Led -79:
Led -52:
ON Led

Output 5 only available in adaptation A

12.5. Register of commissioning settings:


Password:.
Identification: ........................

Neutral and phase rated currents:


Phase nominal current: .
Neutral nominal current:

50P_1
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Current pick-up xIn
Defined Time s

50P_2
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Current pick-up xIn
Defined Time s

50/51P
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Current pick-up . xIn
Curve type Inverse IEC Very inverse IEC Extr. Inverse IEC
LT Inverse IEC Inverse ANSI Very Inverse ANSI
Extr Inverse ANSI Defined time
Dial .
Defined Time s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 335/344


LT inverse IEC only available in adaptation B

50N/G_1
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Current pick-up .. xIn
Defined Time s

50N/G_2
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Current pick-up .. xIn
Defined Time s

50/51N/G
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Current pick-up .. xIn
Curve type Inverse IEC Very inverse IEC Extr. Inverse IEC
LT Inverse IEC Inverse ANSI Very Inverse ANSI
Extr Inverse ANSI Defined time
Dial ..
Defined Time . s

LT inverse IEC only available in adaptation B

Cold Load Pickup in adaptation A


Permission Permitted Forbidden
50P_1 Multiplier .
50P_2 Multiplier .
50/51P Multiplier .
50N/G_1 Multiplier .
50N/G_2 Multiplier .
50/51N/G Multiplier .........................................................
No load time: .
Cold load time: .

www.fanox.com Rev.017 336/344


Cold Load Pickup in adaptation B
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Settings group .
No load time: .
Cold load time:

50BF
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Operating time: .. s

46
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Time dial:
Curve type Inverse IEC Very inverse IEC Extr. Inverse IEC
LT Inverse IEC Inverse ANSI Very Inverse ANSI
Extr Inverse ANSI Defined time

Current pick-up .. xIn


Defined Time s

Inverse time only available in adaptation B. In adaptation A 46 protection function is time


defined overcurrent.

49
Permission Permitido Prohibido
Current TapxIn
heatingmin
cooling.. heating
Alarm%

79
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Hold permission Permitted Forbidden
Number of reclosings .
st
1 reclose time s
nd
2 reclose time s
rd
3 reclose time s
th
4 reclose time s

www.fanox.com Rev.017 337/344


th
5 reclose time s
Time delay s
Replacement time s
Definitive opening time .s

52
Maximum number of openings .
Maximum number of accumulated amperes
Maximum opening time ...
Maximum closing time
Time / openings number: Number of openings
Time period min

74TCS
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Operating time: ..s

74CT
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Operating time: ..s

Only available in adaptation B

37
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Current pick-up .. xIn
Defined Time s

Only available in adaptation B

46BC
Permission Permitted Forbidden
Tap .. %
Defined Time s

Only available in adaptation B

www.fanox.com Rev.017 338/344


12.6. Inputs:
Input -1: Input -5:
Input -2: Input -6:
Input -3: Input -7:
Input -4: Input -8:

Input-7 and Input-8 only available in adaptation A

12.7. Logical signals

Logical inputs In1 In2 In3 In4 In5 In6 In7 In8

52 a

52 b

50P block

50N/G block

Fault init

79 Init

79 Permission

Level 79 Lock

Pulse 79 Lock

Pulse 79 unlock

50BF Init

Reset

Table 1

Table 2

External trip

Continuity A

Continuity B

Logical signal 1

Logical signal 2

www.fanox.com Rev.017 339/344


12.8. Outputs configuration
Outputs

Output 1

Output 2

Output 3

Output 4

Output 5 (*)

79 Init (*)

50BF Init (*)

Fault init (*)

(*) Only available in adaptation A

www.fanox.com Rev.017 340/344


12.9. Leds configuration

Leds Flashing Latch Inverted

Led On

Led 1

Led 2

Led 3

Led 4

Led 5

Led 52

Led 79

(*) Configurable only in adaptation B

12.9.1. Leds configuration Template:

ON

50P/51P

50G/51G

50BF

46

74TCS

www.fanox.com Rev.017 341/344


12.10. Comments
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................

Person in charge of commissioning....................Date.........


Maintenance performed on the.. by ...

www.fanox.com Rev.017 342/344


NOTES:
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..

www.fanox.com Rev.017 343/344


FANOX ELECTRONIC S.L.

Parque Tecnolgico de Bizkaia


Astondo bidea, Edif. 604
ES-48160 DERIO
BIZKAIA

Tel. + 34 94 471 14 09
Fax + 34 94 471 05 92

fanox@fanox.com
www.fanox.com

www.fanox.com Rev.017 344/344

You might also like